Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Wynnstay Group

Wynnstay Group

wyn · LSE Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker wyn
Exchange LSE
Sector Basic Materials
Industry
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Wynnstay Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Delivering a 
sustainable 
farming future

A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
A
N
D
A
C
C
O
U
N
T
S
2
0
2
2

Annual Report and 
Accounts 2022

 
 
 
 
 
 
Contents

Operational Highlights 

Financial Highlights   

Strategic Report

Group Structure 
Business Model 
Our Divisions 
Key Strengths 
Market Trends 
Our Pillars  
Growth Strategy  
Chairman’s Statement  
Chief Executive’s Review  
Finance Review 
Company Details and Advisors  
Principal Risks and Uncertainties 
S172 Statement 

ESG Framework

Environmental Strategy and SECR Statement 

Corporate Values 

Social 

Corporate Governance Statement 

Audit Committee Report 

Directors’ Responsibility Statement     

Board of Directors and Company Secretary   

Senior Management    

Directors’ Report     

Directors’ Remuneration Report   

Independent Auditor’s Report 

Financial Statements

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated and Company Balance Sheet   

Consolidated and Company Statement of Changes in Equity 

Consolidated and Company Cash Flow Statements 

Principal Accounting Policies 

Notes to the Accounts 

Shareholder Information

Notice of Annual General Meeting 

Notes to Notice of Annual General Meeting   

Financial Calendar 

3

4

5
6
             7-8
9
10
11
12
    15-18
         19-24
        27-29
             30
        31-33
         34-35

          36-38

        39-40

41-44

45-48

49-51

          52

          53-54

55-56

          57-58

          59-64

          65-67

               68

               69

          70-71

               72

          73-77

        78-109

     110

     111-112

             112 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          
 
            
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
           
Our Mission

To help the farmer to feed the UK in a more sustainable way

Operational Highlights:

FEED

GRAIN

ESG

GLASSON

DEPOTS

INVESTMENT AND 
ACQUSITION

PERFORMING 
AHEAD OF 
EXPECTATIONS

PROGRESSING 
WITH OUR 
OBJECTIVES

EXCEPTIONAL 
PERFORMANCE

The Feed division 
saw an increase of 
5.9% in volumes 
and the investment 
project in our 
Carmarthen Mill 
commenced. We 
completed our 
biggest acquisition 
to date, Humphrey 
Feeds & Pullets, a 
specialist poultry 
business in the 
South of England. 

2022 saw good 
performance from 
GrainLink, impacted 
by record grain 
prices, favourable 
weather, and a 
strong harvest. 
We saw good 
trading volumes in 
the east following 
our expansion. 
Investment was 
made at our seed 
plant, adding 
new cereal seed 
technology and 
doubling grass seed 
production capability.

We have progressed 
well with our internal 
sustainability 
objectives, focusing 
on carbon, water 
and waste. Climate 
friendly feeds and 
an increased focus 
on environmental 
seed mixtures further 
developed our 
holistic farm offering 
to our customers. 
Considerable 
progress has 
been made in the 
implementation of a 
Sustainable Farming 
Advisory Team 
which will be further 
developed in 2023.

Performance from 
Glasson Grain Ltd 
was exceptional, 
driven by one off 
gains in fertiliser 
blending activity. 
The integration 
of the Howden 
site, acquired 
in the previous 
financial year, has 
progressed well and 
resulted in a higher-
than-expected 
contribution.

EXCELLENT 
PERFORMANCE 
AND 
OPTIMISATION

The Specialist 
Agricultural 
Merchanting division 
performed ahead 
of expectations, 
with strong sales 
of bagged feed. 
We continued our 
depot optimisation 
programme with the 
closure of one site 
and enhancement of 
existing sites.

3

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Financial Highlights

3
0
.
3
1
7

9
3
.
0
0
5

0
6
.
0
9
4

6
6
.
2
6
4

0
4
.
1
3
4

Group Revenue (£m)

£713.03m

0
0
.
7
1

0
5
.
5
1

0
6
.
4
1

0
0
.
4
1

6
3
.
3
1

1
6
.
2
2

2
7
.
2
8

9
3
4
.
1
1

7
9
5
.
9

1
7
3
.
8

6
0
0
.
8

0
4
.
4
4

1
1
.
9
3

5
9
.
0
3

3
7
.
7
2

Underlying Pre-tax Profit*

Earnings per Share (pence)

£22.61m

82.72p

8
7
9

0
3
9

9
9
8

0
1
9

6
6
9

Dividend per Share (pence)

17.00

Colleagues

Group Revenue

£713.03m

2021: £500.39m

+42%

Earnings per Share

82.72 pence

2021: 44.40 pence

+86%

Underlying Pre-tax Profit* 

£22.61m

2021:£11.44m

+98%

Shareholders’ Funds

£130.70m

2021 £105.72m

+24%

Profit before Tax

£21.12m

2021: £10.99m

+92%

Dividend per Share

17.00 pence

+9.7%

2021: 15.50 pence

*Underlying pre-tax profit is a non-GAAP (generally accepted accounting principles) measure and is not intended as a substitute for GAAP measures and may not be calculated in 
the same way as those used by other companies. Refer to the Finance Review for an explanation on how this measure has been calculated and the reasons for its use.

4

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc‘20‘18‘19‘21‘20‘19‘18‘21‘22‘20‘18‘19‘21‘22‘22‘20‘19‘18‘21‘20‘21‘18‘19‘22‘22Group Structure

Wynnstay  helps  livestock  and  arable  farmers  to  produce  food  in  a  more  sustainable, 
environmentally  friendly  and  profitable  way.  We  provide  our  customers  with  quality 
products, specialist advice and an efficient service that is industry leading.

The business model is aligned with the buying needs and habits of our farming customer 
base,  which  includes  arable,  livestock  and  mixed  farms.  The  Group  is  committed  to 
sustained  development  within  the  agricultural  sector  and  strives  for  continued  growth 
with a view to optimising the return to all stakeholders.

AGRICULTURE

SPECIALIST 
AGRICULTURAL
MERCHANTING

DEPOTS

YOUNGS 
ANIMAL 
FEEDS

FEED

ARABLE

GLASSON

HUMPHREY 
FEEDS & 
PULLETS

5

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022Business Model

OUR PROPOSITION

Trusted Experts

Product Range

Multi-Channel Offering

Manufacturing 
Capability

Established

Culture & Values

WE INVEST IN SUSTAINABLE 
GROWTH THROUGH:

People

Technology

Manufacturing 

Acqusitions

CREATING VALUE FOR STAKEHOLDERS:

Customers

Employees

Shareholders 

Suppliers

Communities

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc

6

 
 
 
Our Divisions

Agriculture
Comprises the manufacturing and supply of a comprehensive range of agricultural inputs to customers across many parts of the 
UK.

FEED
The Group operates three feed mills and three blending plants, offering 
a  full  range  of  animal  nutrition  products  to  the  agricultural  market 
in  bulk  or  bags.  Third  party  mills  are  also  used  to  satisfy  additional 
seasonal and geographic requirements.

GLASSON
Glasson operates from Glasson Dock, near Lancaster. It is a producer 
of blended fertiliser, a supplier of feed raw materials and a manufacturer 
of added-value products to specialist animal feed retailers.  

The  business  operates  fertiliser  blending  manufacturing  facilities  at 
Winmarleigh, Goole, Montrose, and Howden, and also sources from a 
facility at Birkenhead. It is currently the second largest fertiliser blender 
in the UK. 

Glasson  complements  the  Group  strategy  by  providing  a  further 
internal  hedge  against  commodity  volatility  in  the  agricultural  supply 
sector. 

HUMPHREY FEED & PULLETS
Humphrey Feeds & Pullets is a leading poultry feed supplier and point 
of lay pullet supplier to the independent poultry farmer. The business 
offers  both  traditional  and  organic  feeds,  manufacturing  from  a  mill 
in  Twyford.  Humphrey  Feeds  &  Pullets  specialises  in  offering  expert 
knowledge on poultry nutrition and husbandry, with a primary mission 
of advancing poultry performance.

ARABLE 
The Group’s arable activities supply a wide range of products to arable 
and grassland farmers, including seed, fertiliser and agro-chemicals. 
Seed processing facilities are located at Shrewsbury, Shropshire.  

GRAINLINK
GrainLink  is  the  Group’s  in-house  grain  marketing  company  and 
provides farmers with an independent professional marketing service 
backed by the financial security of the Wynnstay Group. The Company 
has access to major markets for specialist milling and malting grain as 
well as feed into mills. GrainLink operates from offices in Shropshire 
and Yorkshire. 

7

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022Our Divisions

Specialist Agricultural Merchanting
Supplies specialist agricultural and associated sundry products to customers throughout Wales, the Midlands, North West and 

South West of England 

DEPOTS
The  Group’s  Specialist  Agricultural  Merchanting  depots  are  well 
established  and  provide  a  comprehensive  range  of  products  for 
farmers  and  rural  dwellers.  The  Group  operates  53  depots  across 
Wales, the Midlands, North West and South West England, supplying 
to farmers, smallholders and rural dwellers. 

Our team is trained to help customers with technical advice and our 
customers  can  purchase  via  depot,  click  and  collect  or  for  direct 
delivery.  

We  partner  with  pharmaceutical  companies  to  provide  specialist 
advice on animal health and other agricultural products   

YOUNGS ANIMAL FEEDS
Youngs Animal Feeds operates from its production facility at Standon, 
Staffordshire, and two other locations, selling a range of equine and 
small animal feeds through to wholesalers and retailers, including our 
own depot network, in Wales and the Midlands. The Sweet Meadow 
branded equine feed range is a market leading product.

8

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group PlcKey Strengths

BALANCED DIVISIONS

2COMPLEMENTARY & 
33
966

COMMITTED AND LOYAL 
COLLEAGUES

ACQUISITIONS SINCE 2004

25,000PRODUCTS

£713mIN REVENUE

9

A  robust  and  balanced  business  model  with  two 
complementary  divisions  -  Agriculture  and  Specialist 
Agricultural Merchanting.

33 acquisition alongside a number of other commercial 
initiatives  since  2004.  Opportunities  for  future  growth 
into the currently fragmented farming and rural economy 
by  increased  geographic  reach  though  organic  and 
focused acquisitions.

Committed  and  loyal  colleagues  who  offer  technical 
advice to support the prosperity of our farmer customer 
base  through  efficiencies  and  an  extensive  range  of 
products.

A broad range of agricultural products, marketed via a 
multichannel sales offering.

Strong  financials  with  the  capacity  to  support  future 
growth.

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022Market Trends

Raw Materials

Fertiliser

Grain

Energy

Agflation

Labour

Market Activity

Impact on Wynnstay

Our Actions

The Russian invasion 
of Ukraine has caused 
significant volatility in raw 
material prices.

Increased margin pressure 
and higher prices, with 
volatility expected to 
continue.

Dedicated Trading Team 
managing the impact of 
market volatility on our 
business

Higher prices for 
fertiliser and pressure on 
availability throughout the 
year caused a reduction 
in the volumes of fertiliser 
traded through Wynnstay 
(Agricultural Supplies) Ltd

Dedicated Fertiliser Team 
supporting customers 
with their fertiliser 
buying decisions and 
encouraging efficient 
use through managed 
applications

This had a major impact 
on our cash position due 
to market volatility.

Dedicated Grain Trading 
Team and financial stability 
that the Group offers.

Increase in the price of 
natural gas and sanctions 
placed on Russia following 
the invasion of the Ukraine

The price of grain reached 
record levels following 
the Russian invasion of 
Ukraine. Prices eased 
during the year but not to 
previous levels. 

Increased cost of energy

Challenging for all areas of 
our business to manage 
increased energy costs

Agflation peaked in July 
at 26.3%, and although 
declining, it remains higher 
than food prices. 

Agflation has put pressure 
on farmer spend, and this 
is expected to continue as 
it is not expected to fall to 
historical levels

Increase in labour 
cost and a smaller UK 
workforce with UK job 
vacancies at a at a 
historically high level2.

Challenge for both the 
Wynnstay business and 
the businesses of our 
customers in attracting 
and retaining staff

Focus on careful contract 
management and seeking 
energy efficiencies where 
possible

Specialists working with 
our customers focused 
on efficiency and on farm 
optimisation

Offering competitive 
salaries and attractive 
working conditions with 
development opportunities

Agricultural Policy 
Reform

Growing Global 
Population

Following Brexit, changes 
to UK agricultural policy 
are expected to continue, 
including the introduction 
of efficiency programmes 
and schemes that reward 
farmers for delivering 
environmental outcomes 
to replace Basic Payments

The global population is 
expected to continue to 
increase creating a higher 
demand for food

This has provided 
opportunities for key 
product sectors as 
farmers are incentivised 
for efficiency, 
environmental and welfare 
outcomes

We have continued 
to introduce specialist 
products and services 
accompanied expert 
advice from our category 
specialists

This has highlighted the 
importance of UK food 
security which presents 
an opportunity for UK 
farmers to produce high 
quality and sustainable 
food to feed a growing UK 
population

Supporting farmer 
customers to produce 
food in an efficient and 
sustainable way with 
our dedicated category 
specialists. 

1 The Andersons Centre
2 Office for National Statics- Vacancies and jobs in the UK: October 2022

10

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group PlcOur Pillars

EXPERT GUIDANCE
The  quality  of  our  advice  enables  us  to  stand-out  and  create  deeper  relationships  with 
customers. We have strong teams of specialists who assist customers in identifying areas 
to improve their business so that they can produce food profitably, efficiently, sustainably 
and in an environmentally beneficial way.

ACQUISITIONS

Acquisitions have played an important role in Wynnstay’s development to date, and remain 
an  important  element  of  our  growth  strategy  alongside  organic  expansion.    We  look  for 
acquisitions that complement our existing areas of operation and will add value.

ORGANIC GROWTH
There  are  very  good  opportunities  for  us  to  increase  our  market  share  across  all  our  key 
areas of operation and to expand our manufacturing capability. As we increase our share of 
the market, we intend to continue to maintain our wide offering of products and services for 
livestock, arable and mixed farms. This balanced approach smooths sector volatility.

MULTI-CHANNEL VISION
Technology  offers  new  ways  of  selling  our  products  and  services  and  enhancing  our 
customer proposition.  We are investing to take advantage of these new opportunities and 
align ourselves with the shift in customers’ buying habits and engagement.

ESG

Helping farmers to feed the country in a more sustainable way is our fundamental goal. It 
has the power to transform lives for the better.  We are proud to be pursuing this aim and, 
alongside this, to uphold high ESG values. 

11

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Growth Strategy

Twin-tracked Growth 

The fragmented nature of the UK’s agricultural supplies market presents growth opportunities, and the Group has demonstrated its ability to 
increase its market share organically and through complementary acquisitions.

Acquisitions

Act as consolidator in 
the UK agricultural supply 
sector

Continue ‘bolt-on” 
geographic transactions

Seek larger 
opportunities to 
complement existing 
activities and enhance 
economics of scale

Organic Growth

Enhance 
relationships with 
key customers 
through CRM

Maximise 
cross-selling 
opportunities, 
supported with 
technical advice 
from trained 
colleagues

Develop new 
sales channels, 
including through 
digital channels.

Seek new 
depot and 
operating centre 
opportunities to 
grow footprint and 
increase efficiencies

Continuous 
investment in 
research and 
development to 
offer innovative 
products

Recent Growth 
Through Acquisition

Humphrey Feeds 
& Pullets 

Tamar Milling

12

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc13

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 202214

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group PlcChairman’s Statement

“

         These exceptionally 
strong results are 
significantly ahead of initial 
market expectations.”

(Holdings)  Limited 
the  Humphrey  Poultry 
The  acquisition  of 
(“Humphrey”)  businesses  based  in  Hampshire  in  March  for  an 
expected  final  consideration  of  £12.1m  net  of  cash  acquired,  was  a 
strategic  highlight  in  the  year.  In  mid-November  2022,  just  after  the 
financial year end, we also acquired Tamar Milling Limited (“Tamar”), a 
manufacturer and supplier of blended and coarse mix feed products 
based  in  Cornwall,  for  an  initial  consideration  of  up  to  £1.5m.  Both 
acquisitions are earnings enhancing. In August 2022, we also raised 
£10.3m net via an equity placing to UK institutional shareholders and 
these  new  funds  will  support  our  ongoing  acquisition  and  organic 
growth strategy.

GROWTH STRATEGY

Wynnstay’s growth strategy is centred on three key pillars, organic and 
acquisitive growth, a multi-channel sales approach, and Environmental, 
Social  and  Governance  (“ESG”)  principles.  At  the  forefront  of  the 
Board’s thinking is our customer base of arable and livestock farmers. 
We  aim  to  ensure  that  the  Group  continues  to  provide  them  with 
trusted advice, a wide range of products and services that cater for 
their  changing  needs,  and  high  customer  service.  Ultimately,  our 
objective is to support farmers to grow food profitably, sustainably and 
in an environmentally enhancing manner. 

Against  the  context  of  our  growth  strategy,  I  am  very  pleased  to 
highlight progress in the following areas in particular:  

•  Organic and acquisitive growth 

•  Our acquisitions of the Humphrey business and Tamar have 
significantly  expanded  the  Group’s  trading  footprint.  They 
have  significantly  extended  our  presence  in  the  South  of 
England as well as in the Midlands and Wales, bringing new 
farmer  customer  bases  as  well  as  additional  supply  chain 
relationships. 

•  Both  businesses  have  increased  our  feed  manufacturing 
capability,  with  the  additional  capacity  also  opening  up  the 
opportunity to implement operational efficiencies.  

•  The Humphrey business has significantly increased our market 
share in poultry feed for free-range egg production, boosting 
our market share to an estimated c.11% from c.6%. 

•  We completed our investment projects at our seed processing 
plant at Astley, which have added new capability and improved 
efficiency.

•  Organic  growth  also  continues  to  be  supported  by  our 
investment  in  our  specialist  advisory  services.  Our  two 
industry  events,  The  Arable  Event  and  The  Sheep  and  Beef 
Event,  which  resumed  in  person  in  the  year,  also  serve  to 
support  technical  knowledge  transfer  to  farmers  across  our 
trading regions and were very well attended. 

•  Multi-channel

• 

Increased numbers of customers have now registered for our 
digital portal, typically using it to access their accounts. While 
farmers’  purchasing  habits  remain  strongly  aligned  towards 
depot-based  purchases  rather  than  digital  purchases,  we 
nonetheless  continue  to  monitor  buying  patterns  closely  as 
we further develop our multi-channel sales strategy.

* Underlying pre-tax profit is a non-GAAP measure and is not intended as a substitute to GAAP 
measures. Refer to the Finance Review for a reconciliation on the calculation of this measure 
and the reasons for its use.

OVERVIEW

The Group performed strongly during the year and trading results set 
new record highs across all key financial measures. It should be noted 
that results benefited substantially from some singular gains that we do 
not expect to be repeated in the new financial year. 

Underlying  pre-tax  profit*  (which  includes  these  gains)  rose  by  98% 
to  £22.61m  (2021:  £11.44m)  and  revenues  increased  by  42%  to 
£713.03m (2021: £500.39m), with significant inflation primarily driving 
the  uplift  in  revenue.  Reported  profit  before  taxation  was  £21.12m 
(2021:  £10.99m).  Basic  earnings  per  share,  including  non-recurring 
items, rose by 86% to 82.72p (44.40p). 

These  exceptionally  strong  results  are  significantly  ahead  of  initial 
market  expectations.  They  reflect  a  combination  of  factors;  the 
benefits of growth and efficiency initiatives, farmer confidence, which 
was underpinned by strong farm gate prices across most sectors, but 
also significant one-off gains, in particular, stock gains in our fertiliser 
activity which we do not believe will be repeated. 

The  advantages  of  the  Group’s  diversified  business  model,  with  its 
broad  spread  of  products  across  agricultural  supplies,  was  again 
evident,  with  less  robust  sub-sectors  offset  by  more  positive  sector 
performances elsewhere.

Both  Divisions  contributed  increased  revenue  and  operating  profit, 
with almost all the Group’s exceptional performance delivered by the 
Agricultural Division. In this Division, feed volumes were c.6% higher 
than  last  year  and  ahead  of  industry  trends,  and  arable  activities 
benefited  from  record  commodity  prices  and  a  good  2022  harvest. 
Grain  trading  at  GrainLink,  our  grain  marketing  activity,  reached 
record  volumes  and  its  contribution  also  benefited  from  a  significant 
one-off, non-cash gain at the end of the financial year that has since 
unwound,  as  previously  announced.  Total  seed  volumes  reduced 
modestly, reflecting seasonal factors although the decrease in cereal 
volumes  also  reflected  our  decision  to  reduce  the  number  of  low-
margin  wholesale  cereal  seed  trades.  In  line  with  industry  trends, 
fertiliser volumes were significantly lower than last year, which reflected 
the extreme rise in prices created by the highly disrupted natural gas 
market. These market conditions however also drove very significant 
stock  gains  at  Glasson  Grain  Limited  (“Glasson”),  resulting  in  an 
exceptional performance, not expected to be repeated. 

The  Specialist  Agricultural  Merchanting  Division  performed  very  well, 
helped by increased efficiency and strong branded bagged feed sales. 
The  unusually  dry  summer  dampened  demand  for  some  product 
lines.  We  continued  to  invest  in  and  optimise  our  depot  network, 
including closing a depot at Bethania in mid-Wales, while successfully 
transferring sales to neighbouring sites. 

Our  Joint  Venture  businesses,  Bibby  Agriculture  Limited,  which 
provides feed and forage products, and WYRO Developments Limited, 
which  develops  residential  homes,  both  contributed  to  the  Group’s 
outperformance,  delivering  significantly  higher  contributions  than 
originally expected.

15

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

•  Environment, Social and Governance principles (“ESG”)

to shareholder approval at the forthcoming AGM on 21 March 2023. 

•  Our  ESG  work  continued  to  evolve  and  we  established  a 
Sustainable  Farm  Advisory  Group  in  the  year.  It  is  made  up 
of  recognised  industry  leaders,  who  are  assisting  us  in  the 
development our ESG strategy and delivery plans. 

•  We launched a Holistic Whole Farm Solution in the year and 

further advanced our offering of climate-friendly feeds.

•  We intend to invest in on-site solar arrays, which will provide 
the dual benefits of reducing the Group’s carbon footprint and 
its exposure to the wholesale energy markets.

The  total  dividend  payment  represents  the  19th  consecutive  year  of 
dividend growth since Wynnstay joined AIM in 2004. This dividend is 
covered 4.1 times by profit after tax (2021: 2.8 times).

BOARD AND COLLEAGUES

The Board would like to acknowledge the dedication and hard work 
of  the  Wynnstay  team  over  the  year.  Our  staff  continue  to  provide 
customers  with  an  excellent  service  and  on  behalf  of  my  fellow 
Directors, I would like to thank everyone for their vital contribution to 
the 2022 results.

FINANCIAL RESULTS

Group  revenue  increased  by  42%  year-on-year  to  £713.03m  (2021: 
£500.39m). This rise reflected significant commodity inflation and the 
Humphrey acquisition making a first-time partial revenue contribution 
of £31.58m.

Underlying  Group  pre-tax  profit,  the  Board’s  alternative  performance 
measure,  rose  by  98%  to  a  record  £22.61m  (2021:  £11.44m)  over 
the year. This includes the one-off trading gains, gross share of results 
from  joint  ventures  but  excludes  share-based  payments  and  non-
recurring items. Reported pre-tax profit increased by 92% to £21.12m 
(2021:  £10.99m).  Basic  earnings  per  share  increased  by  86%  to 
82.72p (2021: 44.40p).

Both  Divisions  contributed  to  revenue  and  profit  growth,  with  the 
Agricultural Division delivering a 57% uplift in revenues to £564.26m 
(2021:  £358.96m),  and  the  Specialist  Agricultural  Merchanting 
Division  a  5%  rise  to  £148.77m  (2021:  £141.43m).  The  segmental 
profit  contribution  (see  Note  2  of  the  financial  statements)  from  the 
Agriculture  Division  increased  by  247%  year-on-year  to  £14.66m 
(2021:  £4.22m),  with  the  Specialist  Agricultural  Merchanting  Division 
contributing £7.95m (2021: £7.15m), an 11% rise.

The  Group  generates  good  operational  cash  flows,  with  cash 
generated  from  operations  being  £13.84m  (2021:  £10.57m)  despite 
the challenges of working capital inflation.  

Cash  and  cash  equivalents  at  31  October  2022  increased  by  53% 
to £14.15m (2021: £9.24m). October typically represents the highest 
point of net cash in the Group’s annual working capital cycle. 

During  the  year,  75,891  new  ordinary  shares  (2021:  89,687)  were 
issued  to  existing  shareholders  who  exercised  their  right  to  receive 
dividends  in  the  form  of  new  shares.  The  equivalent  cash  amount 
totalled  £0.46m  (2021:  £0.44m).  A  further  1,965,689  shares  were 
issued via the institutional equity placing and as a result of employee 
options  being  exercised,  for  a  total  cash  consideration  of  £10.58m 
(2021: £0.59 million). 

Capital  investment  in  fixed  assets  amounted  to  £5.31m  (2021: 
£5.61m) in the year and £10.23m, net of cash acquired, was invested 
in acquisitions (2021: £2.24m). 

Group  net  assets  at  the  financial  year  end  increased  by  24%  to 
£130.70m (2021: £105.72m), a record high. Based on the weighted 
average number of shares in issue during the year of 20.722m (2021: 
20.120m), this equates to £6.31 per share (2021: £5.25 per share).

Return on assets from underlying pre-tax profits, increased to 17.4%. 
(2021: 10.8%)

DIVIDEND

The Board is pleased to propose an increased final dividend of 11.60p 
per  share,  which  is  a  rise  of  10.5%  year-on-year.  The  final  dividend 
will be paid on 28 April 2023 (2021:10.50p per share) to shareholders 
on the register on 31 March 2023. Together with the interim dividend 
of 5.40p per share, paid on the 31 October 2022, this makes a total 
dividend of 17.00p per share for the year (2021: 15.5p per share), an 
increase  of  9.7%  on  the  previous  year.  The  final  dividend  is  subject 

We  are  delighted  to  welcome  the  senior  management  teams  and 
staff  of  Humphrey  and  Tamar  to  the  Group.  We  are  currently  in 
the  process  of  recruiting  a  Head  of  Strategic  Delivery  to  work  with 
senior management on key projects, including acquisitions and their 
successful integration into the business.

Philip Kirkham, Board Vice-Chairman and Senior Independent Director 
is due to retire in 2023. We have commenced a recruitment process 
for  an  appropriately  qualified  successor  and  will  make  a  further 
announcement on the outcome of this process in due course.

OUTLOOK

The  Group  has  made  strong  operational  and  strategic  progress 
against its goals. While a number of one-off gains drove an exceptional 
financial performance this year, which we do not expect to be repeated 
in the new financial year, Group performance was also very strong.   

Looking ahead at prospects over 2023, the sector is facing inflationary 
headwinds,  as  we  have  previously  commented.  We  anticipate  this 
to impact raw material prices, as well as the Group’s energy, labour 
and distribution costs. We plan to manage these headwinds through 
efficiency and productivity improvements and other measures where 
possible.  Farmers  are  facing  similar  pressures  although  there  have 
been  some  welcome  downward  moves  in  energy  and  distribution 
costs in recent weeks.

Financially, the Group generates good cashflows and the balance sheet 
remains robust. This gives a solid platform for continuing development 
and  supports  our  ongoing  investment  plans.  These  include  a  major 
programme  of  works  at  Carmarthen  Mill,  renewable  energy  projects 
and  investments  in  the  depot  network.  In  the  meantime,  the  Board 
continues to review acquisition opportunities that meet its criteria.  

We  believe  that  Wynnstay  is  in  a  good  position  to  make  further 
progress and to achieve its growth targets for the financial year. 

Steve Ellwood
Chairman
31 January 2023

“

         We believe that Wynnstay 
is in a good position to make 
further progress and to achieve 
its growth targets for the 
financial year.”

16

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Datganiad y Cadeiryd

“

        Mae’r canlyniadau 
eithriadol gryf hyn 
yn llawer gwell na’r 
disgwyliadau marchnad 
cychwynnol.”

TROSOLWG
Llwyddodd  y  Grŵp  i  berfformio’n  gryf  yn  ystod  y  flwyddyn,  gyda 
chanlyniadau  masnachu  uwch  nag  erioed  ar  draws  yr  holl  fesurau 
ariannol  allweddol.  Dylid  nodi  bod  y  canlyniadau  hyn  wedi  elwa’n 
sylweddol o enillion penodol nad ydym yn disgwyl gweld eu hailadrodd 
yn y flwyddyn ariannol newydd. 

Aeth  yr  elw  cyn-treth  sylfaenol*  (sy’n  cynnwys  yr  enillion  hyn)  i  fyny 
o  98%  i  £22.61m  (2021:  £11.44m)  ac  aeth  y  refeniw  i  fyny  o  42%  i 
£713.03m (2021: £500.39m), gyda chwyddiant sylweddol yn bennaf 
gyfrifol  am  y  refeniw  uwch.  Roedd  yr  elw  a  adroddwyd  cyn  treth  yn 
£21.12m  (2021:  £10.99m).  Aeth  enillion  ar  sail  cyfranddaliad,  gan 
gynnwys eitemau anfynych, i fyny o 86% i 82.72c (44.40c). 

Mae’r canlyniadau eithriadol gryf hyn yn llawer gwell na’r disgwyliadau 
marchnad cychwynnol. Maen nhw’n adlewyrchu cyfuniad o ffactorau; 
budd  mesurau  twf  ac  effeithlonrwydd,  hyder  ymhlith  ffermwyr  a  hyn 
wedi’i ategu gan brisiau cryf wrth gât y fferm yn y rhan fwyaf o sectorau, 
ond hefyd enillion untro sylweddol ac yn enwedig enillion gyda stocs 
gwrtaith na fydd, mae’n debyg, yn cael eu hailadrodd. 

Roedd  manteision  model  busnes  arallgyfeirio’r  Grŵp,  gyda 
chynhyrchion  wedi  eu  gwasgaru  ar  draws  nwyddau  amaethyddol, 
eto’n glir, a’r is-sectorau llai cryf yn cael eu gwrthbwyso gan berfformiad 
gwell mewn sectorau eraill.

Mae’r ddwy Adran wedi cyfrannu at refeniw ac elw gweithredol uwch, 
gyda bron i holl berfformiad eithriadol y Grŵp yn cael ei ddarparu gan 
yr Adran Amaeth. Yn yr Adran hon, roedd y cynhaeaf porthiant 6% yn 
fwy na’r llynedd ac yn well na phatrwm y diwydiant, a’r diwydiant tir 
âr wedi elwa o brisiau nwyddau gwell nag erioed a chynhaeaf da yn 
2022.  Roedd  y  fasnach  rawn  yn  GrainLink,  ein  masnach  marchnata 
grawn,  yn  well  nag  erioed  a’i  chyfraniad  hefyd  wedi  elwa  o  enillion 
untro  di-arian-parod  sylweddol  ar  ddiwedd  y  flwyddyn  ariannol  sydd 
ers  hynny  wedi  gorffen,  fel  y  soniwyd.  Roedd  y  cynhaeaf  hadau  i 
lawr  o  ychydig,  gan  adlewyrchu  ffactorau  tymhorol,  er  bod  y  lleihad 
mewn  grawnfwydydd  hefyd  yn  adlewyrchu  ein  penderfyniad  i  leihau 
nifer y masnachau hadau grawnfwyd cyfanwerthu margin-isel. Yn unol 
â  phatrwm  y  diwydiant,  roedd  y  cynhaeaf  gwrtaith  yn  llawer  is  na’r 
llynedd gan adlewyrchu’r cynnydd eithafol mewn prisiau oherwydd yr 
aflonyddwch mawr i’r farchnad nwy naturiol. Fodd bynnag, arweiniodd 
yr amodau marchnad hyn at enillion stoc sylweddol iawn yn Glasson 
Grain  Limited  (“Glasson”),  gan  arwain  at  berfformiad  gwych,  ond  na 
fydd yn digwydd eto mae’n debyg. 

Perfformiodd  yr  Adran  Siopau  Amaethyddol  Arbenigol  yn  dda 
iawn,  drwy  fod  yn  fwy  effeithlon  a  gwerthiant  cryf  y  porthiant  mewn 
bagiau  brand.  Roedd  yr  haf  anarferol  o  sych  wedi  lleihau’r  galw  am 
rai  cynhyrchion.  Parhawyd  i  fuddsoddi  mewn,  a  gwneud  y  mwyaf 
o’n  rhwydwaith  depos,  gan  gynnwys  cau  depo  ym  Methania  yn  y 
Canolbarth a throsglwyddo’r gwerthu i safleoedd cyfagos. 

Llwyddodd ein busnesau menter ar-y-cyd, Bibby Agriculture Limited, 
sy’n  darparu  cynhyrchion  porthiant,  a  WYRO  Developments  Limited 
sy’n datblygu cartrefi preswyl, i gyfrannu at berfformiad gwych y Grŵp 
gan gyfrannu’n llawer mwy nag yr oeddem yn ei ddisgwyl yn wreiddiol.

Roedd  prynu  cwmni  busnesau  Humphrey  Poultry  (Holdings)  Limited 
(“Humphrey”),  sydd  wedi’i  leoli  yn  Hampshire,  ym  mis  Mawrth  am 

17

bris  terfynol  disgwyliedig  o  £12.1m  net,  yn  un  o  uchafbwyntiau 
strategol y flwyddyn. Ganol Tachwedd 2022, ychydig ar ôl diwedd y 
flwyddyn ariannol, prynwyd hefyd Tamar Milling Ltd (“Tamar”), cwmni 
gweithgynhyrchu  a  chyflenwi  cynhyrchion  porthiant  garw  cyfunol 
a  chymysg  wedi’i  leoli  yng  Nghernyw,  am  bris  cychwynnol  o  hyd  at 
£1.5m.  Bydd  y  ddau  bryniant  yn  cynyddu  enillion.  Yn  Awst  2022, 
codwyd £10.3m net drwy werthu cyfranddaliadau ecwiti i randdeiliaid 
sefydliadol  y  DU  a  bydd  y  cyllid  newydd  hwn  yn  cynorthwyo  ein 
strategaeth twf prynu ac organig barhaus.

Y STRATEGAETH TWF
Mae strategaeth dwf Wynnstay yn canolbwyntio ar dair elfen allweddol, 
twf  organig  a  phrynu,  gwerthu  drwy  sianeli  lluosog,  ac  egwyddorion 
Amgylcheddol, Cymdeithasol a Llywodraethu (“ESG”). Yn flaenllaw ym 
meddwl y Bwrdd yw ein cwsmeriaid ffermwyr tir âr a stoc anifeiliaid. Y 
nod yw sicrhau bod y Grŵp yn parhau i roi cyngor dibynadwy iddynt, 
ystod eang o gynhyrchion a gwasanaethau i gwrdd ag anghenion sy’n 
newid,  a  gwasanaeth  cwsmer  rhagorol.  Yn  y  pen  draw,  ein  nod  yw 
helpu ffermwyr i dyfu bwyd yn broffidiol, cynaliadwy ac mewn ffordd 
sydd o fudd i’r amgylchedd. 

Yn  erbyn  cyd-destun  ein  strategaeth  dwf,  rwy’n  falch  iawn  o  dynnu 
sylw at gynnydd yn y meysydd canlynol, yn enwedig:  

•  Twf prynu ac organig 

•  Mae  prynu  cwmnïau  busnesau  Humphrey  a  Tamar  wedi 
ehangu ôl-troed masnachu’r Grŵp yn sylweddol. Maen nhw 
wedi  cynyddu  ein  presenoldeb  yn  sylweddol  yn  ne  Lloegr 
a  hefyd  yng  Nghanolbarth  Lloegr  a  Chymru,  gan  ddod  â 
chwsmeriaid ffermio newydd yn ogystal â chadwyni cyflenwi 
ychwanegol. 

•  Mae’r  ddau  fusnes  wedi  cynyddu  ochr  gweithgynhyrchu 
porthiant y busnes, gyda’r capasiti ychwanegol hefyd yn gyfle 
i weithredu mwy o arbedion effeithlonrwydd.  

•  Mae’r  busnes  Humphrey  wedi  cynyddu’n  sylweddol  ein  siâr 
o’r  farchnad  porthiant  dofednod  ar  gyfer  cynhyrchu  wyau 
maes gan gynyddu ein siâr marchnad i tua 11%, o tua 6%. 

•  Rydym  wedi  cwblhau  ein  prosiectau  buddsoddi  yn  ein  ffatri 
prosesu hadau yn Astley, gan ychwanegu capasiti gweithredol 
a gwella effeithlonrwydd.

•  Mae  twf  organig  yn  parhau  i  gael  ei  gynorthwyo  drwy 
fuddsoddi  yn  ein  gwasanaethau  cynghori  arbenigol.  Mae 
ein  dau  ddigwyddiad  diwydiant,  y  Digwyddiad  Tir  Âr  a’r 
Digwyddiad Defaid a Chig Eidion, ar ôl dechrau eu cynnal eto 
wyneb yn wyneb, hefyd yn helpu i drosglwyddo gwybodaeth 
dechnegol  i  ffermwyr  ar  draws  ein  rhanbarthau  masnachu, 
gyda phresenoldeb da iawn ynddynt. 

•  Sianeli lluosog

•  Mae  mwy  o  gwsmeriaid  wedi  cofrestru  ar  gyfer  ein  porth 
digidol  ac  yn  ei  ddefnyddio  fel  arfer  i  gael  mynediad  i’w 
cyfrifon. Er bod arferion prynu ffermwyr yn parhau i dueddu i 
ddigwydd mewn depos yn lle drwy ddulliau digidol, rydym yn 
parhau i fonitro’r patrymau prynu’n agos wrth i ni ddatblygu 
ein strategaeth werthu drwy sianeli lluosog ymhellach.

* Mae elw cyn-treth sylfaenol yn fesur di-GAAP ac ni fwriedir iddo fod yn lle mesurau GAAP. 
Dylid darllen yr Adolygiad Cyllid i ddeall mwy am sut y cyfrifwyd y mesur hwn a’r rhesymau 
dros ei ddefnyddio.

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022•  Egwyddorion  Amgylcheddol,  Cymdeithasol  a  Llywodraethu 

(“ESG”)

•  Mae’r gwaith ESG wedi parhau i esblygu gyda Grŵp Cynghori 
Ffermydd  Cynaliadwy  wedi’i  sefydlu  yn  ystod  y  flwyddyn. 
Mae’n  cynnwys  arweinwyr  diwydiant  blaenllaw  sy’n  ein 
cynorthwyo  i  ddatblygu  ein  strategaeth  ESG  a’n  cynlluniau 
darparu. 

•  Fe  wnaethom  hefyd  lansio  Ateb  Fferm-Gyfan  Holistig  gan 
ehangu eto ar ein cynhyrchion porthiant hinsawdd-gyfeillgar.

•  Bwriadwn fuddsoddi mewn paneli solar lluosog ar-y-safle fydd 
yn cynnig y fantais ddeuol o leihau ôl-troed carbon y Grŵp a’i 
ddefnydd o’r marchnadoedd ynni cyfanwerthu.

CANLYNIADAU ARIANNOL
Aeth  refeniw’r  Grŵp  i  fyny  o  42%  o  un  flwyddyn  i’r  llall,  i 
£713.03m  (2021:  £500.39m).  Roedd  y  cynnydd  yn  adlewyrchu 
chwyddiant  nwyddau  sylweddol  a  phrynu’r  busnes  Humphrey, 
tro-cyntaf  o  £31.58m. 
gan  greu  cyfraniad 

rhannol 

refeniw 

DIFIDEND
Mae’r  Bwrdd  yn  falch  o  gynnig  difidend  terfynol  uwch  o  11.60c  y 
cyfranddaliad, sy’n gynnydd o 10.5% o un flwyddyn i’r llall. Byddwn yn 
talu’r difidend terfynol ar 28 Ebrill 2023 (2021:10.50c y cyfranddaliad) 
i randdeiliaid ar y gofrestr ar 31 Mawrth 2023. Gyda’r difidend interim 
o 5.40c y cyfranddaliad, a dalwyd ar 31 Hydref 2022, mae hyn yn rhoi 
cyfanswm  difidend  o  17.00c  y  cyfranddaliad  am  y  flwyddyn  (2021: 
15.5c  y  cyfranddaliad),  cynnydd  o  9.7%  o’i  gymharu  â’r  flwyddyn 
cynt. Bydd angen i gyfranddalwyr gymeradwyo’r difidend terfynol yn y 
Cyfarfod Blynyddol ar 21 Mawrth 2023. 

Mae’r taliad difidend hwn yn gynnydd am yr 19eg flwyddyn yn olynol 
ers  i  Wynnstay  ymuno  â’r  AIM  yn  2004.  Mae’r  difidend  hwn  yn 
cynrychioli cyfar difidend o 4.1 gwaith ar ôl treth (2021: 2.8 gwaith).

Y BWRDD A CHYDWEITHWYR
Hoffai’r Bwrdd gydnabod ymroddiad a gwaith caled y tîm yn Wynnstay 
yn  ystod  y  flwyddyn.  Mae  ein  staff  yn  parhau  i  roi  gwasanaeth 
rhagorol  i’n  cwsmeriaid  ac  ar  ran  fy  nghyd-Gyfarwyddwyr,  hoffwn 
ddiolch  i  bawb  am  eu  cyfraniad  hanfodol  at  ganlyniadau  2022. 

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Aeth  elw  cyn-treth  sylfaenol  y  Grŵp,  sef  mesur  perfformiad  arall 
y  Bwrdd,  i  fyny  o  98%  i  £22.61m  (2021:  £11.44m)  yn  ystod  y 
flwyddyn,  sy’n  record.  Mae  hyn  yn  cynnwys  enillion  masnachu 
untro  a  siâr  gros  o  ganlyniadau  mentrau  ar-y-cyd,  ond  nid 
taliadau  cyfranddaliadau  ac  eitemau  anfynych.  Aeth  yr  elw  cyn-
treth  a  adroddwyd  i  fyny  o  92%  i  £21.12m  (2021:  £10.99m).  Aeth 
enillion  ar  sail  cyfranddaliad  hefyd  i  fyny  o  86%  i  82.72c  (44.40c). 

Mae’r  ddwy  Adran  wedi  cyfrannu  at  refeniw  ac  elw  uwch,  gyda’r 
Adran  Amaethyddol  yn  gyfrifol  am  dwf  refeniw  o  57%  i  £564.26m 
(2021:  £358.96m),  a’r  Adran  Siopau  Amaethyddol  Arbenigol 
yn  gyfrifol  am  dwf  o  5%  i  £148.77m  (2021:  £141.43m).  Aeth 
cyfraniad  elw  segmentau’r  Adran  Amaethyddol  (wele  Nodyn  2 
yn  y  datganiadau  ariannol)  i  fyny  o  247%  o  un  flwyddyn  i’r  llall, 
i  £14.66m  (2021:  £4.22m),  gyda’r  Adran  Siopau  Amaethyddol 
Arbenigol  yn  cyfrannu  £7.95m  (2021:  £7.15m)  a  chynnydd  o  11%. 

Mae  llif  arian  gweithredol  y  Grŵp  yn  dda,  gyda’r  arian  parod  a 
gynhyrchwyd  gan  ochr  weithredol  y  Grŵp  yn  £13.84m  (2021: 
£10.57m) er yr her a gyflwynir gan chwyddiant cyfalaf gweithio.  

Roedd  arian  parod  a  symiau  cyfwerth  ag  arian  parod  ar  31  Hydref 
2022  i  fyny  o  53%  i  £14.15m  (2021:  £9.24m).  Fel  arfer  mis  Hydref 
yw’r mis gorau ar gyfer arian parod net yng nghylch cyfalaf gweithio 
blynyddol y Grŵp. 

Gwerthwyd  75,891  o  gyfranddaliadau  cyffredin  newydd  (2021: 
89,687) i gyfranddalwyr presennol yn ystod y flwyddyn, gan ymarfer eu 
hawl i dderbyn difidend mewn cyfranddaliadau newydd. Roedd y swm 
cyfwerth  mewn  arian  parod  yn  £0.46m  (2021:  £0.44m).  Gwerthwyd 
1,965,689 o gyfranddaliadau eraill fel cyfranddaliadau ecwiti sefydliadol 
ac wrth i weithwyr ymarfer eu hawl opsiynau, am gyfanswm o £10.58m 
(2021: £0.59 miliwn). 

Roedd y buddsoddiad cyfalaf mewn asedau sefydlog am y flwyddyn 
yn £5.31m (2021: £5.61m) a buddsoddwyd £10.23m, net arian parod 
i brynu, mewn busnesau newydd (2021: £2.24m). 

Aeth asedau net y Grŵp ar ddiwedd y flwyddyn ariannol i fyny o 24% i 
£130.70m (2021: £105.72m), sy’n record. Ar sail y nifer gyfartalog wedi’i 
bwysoli o 20.722m (2021: 20.120m) o gyfranddaliadau yn y flwyddyn, 
mae’n cyfateb i £6.31 y cyfranddaliad (2021: £5.25 y cyfranddaliad). 
Aeth y budd o asedau o elw cyn-treth sylfaenol i fyny o 17.4%. (2021: 
10.8%)

Rydym  yn  falch  iawn  o  groesawu  uwch-dimau  rheoli  a  staff 
busnesau  Humphrey  a  Tamar  i’r  Grŵp.  Ar  hyn  o  bryd  rydym 
wrthi’n  recriwtio  Pennaeth  Darparu  Strategol 
i  weithio  gydag 
uwch-reolwyr  ar  brosiectau  allweddol,  gan  gynnwys  busnesau 
i’r  busnes. 
a  brynwyd 

hintegreiddio’n 

llwyddiannus 

a’u 

Bydd Philip Kirkham, Is-Gadeirydd ac Uwch-Gyfarwyddwr Annibynnol 
y  Bwrdd,  yn  ymddeol  yn  2023.  Rydym  wedi  dechrau  ar  y  broses  o 
recriwtio rhywun cymwys i fod yn olynydd iddo a byddwn yn gwneud 
cyhoeddiad pellach ar ganlyniad y broses hon maes o law.

RHAGOLYGON
Mae’r Grŵp wedi gwneud cynnydd gweithredol a strategol cryf gyda’i 
amcanion.  Er  i  nifer  o  enillion  untro  gyfrannu  at  berfformiad  ariannol 
gwych eleni, sy’n rhywbeth na fydd yn cael ei ailadrodd yn y flwyddyn 
ariannol  newydd  mae’n  debyg,  roedd  perfformiad  y  Grŵp  hefyd  yn 
gryf iawn.   

Gan edrych ymlaen at y rhagolygon ar gyfer 2023, mae’r sector yn wynebu 
ffactorau chwyddiant, fel y soniwyd. Rydym yn disgwyl i hyn effeithio 
ar brisiau deunyddiau crai a hefyd ar gostau ynni, llafur a dosbarthu’r 
Grŵp.  Bwriadwn  reoli’r  ffactorau  hyn  drwy  fod  yn  fwy  effeithlon  a 
thrwy wella cynhyrchedd, a mesurau eraill lle bo hynny’n bosib. Mae 
ffermwyr  yn  wynebu  pwysau  tebyg  er  bod  costau  ynni  a  dosbarthu 
wedi gostwng rhywfaint yn yr wythnosau diwethaf, sydd i’w groesawu. 

Yn ariannol, mae llif arian parod y Grŵp yn dda a’r fantolen yn parhau 
i fod yn gadarn. Mae hyn yn rhoi llwyfan cryf i barhau i ddatblygu ac 
yn cefnogi ein cynlluniau buddsoddi parhaus. Mae’r rhain yn cynnwys 
rhaglen  waith  sylweddol  ym  Melin  Caerfyrddin,  prosiectau  ynni 
adnewyddadwy a buddsoddi yn y rhwydwaith depos. Yn y cyfamser, 
mae’r Bwrdd yn parhau i adolygu unrhyw gyfle prynu sy’n cwrdd â’i 
feini prawf.  

Credwn fod Wynnstay mewn sefyllfa dda i wneud cynnydd pellach a 
chyrraedd ei dargedau twf am y flwyddyn ariannol. 

Steve Ellwood

Cadeirydd

31 Ionawr 2023

“

     Credwn fod Wynnstay mewn sefyllfa dda 
i wneud cynnydd pellach a chyrraedd ei 
dargedau twf am y flwyddyn ariannol.”

18

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
Chief Executive’s Review

“

           The Group’s financial 
results this year are exceptional. 
They reflect a strong performance, 
which was supported by a 
favourable trading environment 
across most sectors, very 
significant one-off gains (which we 
do not believe will be repeated) 
arising from global events, and 
inflation.”

cereal  seed  processing  technology.  Our  major  capital  investment 
programme at the Carmarthen feed mill has started and is on course 
to  be  completed  in  early  2024.    We  are  also  considering  options  to 
redevelop the mothballed feed plant at Calne in Wiltshire.

Environment, Social and Governance principles (“ESG”) is an important 
pillar of Group strategy. We continue to provide products and services 
to  our  customers  that  will  help  them  deliver  their  environmental 
ambitions, including meeting new Government policy and legislation, 
in particular Environmental Land Management Schemes (“ELMS”), the 
Sustainable Farming Scheme and Nitrate Vulnerable Zones.

REVIEW OF ACTIVITIES
AGRICULTURE DIVISION

The  Agriculture  Division  manufactures  and  processes  feed,  fertiliser 
and  seed,  in  addition  to  supplying  a  comprehensive  range  of 
agricultural inputs for both arable and livestock farmers.  The Division 
includes Glasson Grain Limited, GrainLink, the Group’s specialist crop 
marketing business, and, since March 2022, the Humphrey business.

Revenue  generated  by  the  Agriculture  Division  increased  by  57%  to 
£564.26m  (2021:  £358.96m)  and  segmental  contribution  rose  by 
247% to £14.66m (2021: £4.22m).

FEED

Feed products are manufactured at our main feed mills at Llansantffraid, 
Carmarthen  and  Twyford  (acquired  in  March  2022),  supported  by 
three blending facilities at Rhosfawr, Condover, near Shrewsbury and 
Whitstone in Cornwall (acquired in November 2022). We manufacture 
feed  for  dairy,  beef,  sheep  and  free-range  egg  producers,  the  wide 
offering  providing  an  internal  hedge  against  variations  in  individual 
sector  performance.  Feed  is  offered  in  compounded,  blended  or 
meal form and can be bought in bulk or bagged. The majority of the 
Wynnstay-branded bagged feed is sold through our depot network. 
Our customers are also able to source feed raw materials, liquid feeds 
and feed supplements from us. We support our feed offering with a 

INTRODUCTION 
The Group’s financial results this year are exceptional. They reflect a 
strong  performance,  which  was  supported  by  a  favourable  trading 
environment across most sectors, very significant one-off gains (which 
we  do  not  believe  will  be  repeated)  arising  from  global  events,  and 
inflation.  These  one-off  gains  predominantly  arose  from  the  fertiliser 
processing activity at Glasson Grain Ltd, which experienced substantial 
stock  gains  following  the  sharp  price  increases  in  natural  gas  over 
2022, a key ingredient in fertiliser production, particularly following the 
invasion of the Ukraine by Russia. 

Inflation  was  a  major  feature  during  the  year,  which  impacted  grain 
and feed prices as well as fertiliser prices. It contributed significantly 
to  the  Group’s  revenue  outcome.  Nonetheless,  we  managed  these 
inflationary  pressures  well,  particularly  in  relation  to  energy,  fuel  and 
labour costs. We have also sought to position the business to be able 
to manage anticipated cost increases in the year ahead. 

We are pleased to have outperformed national trends in the sectors 
in which we operate, and have made material progress in expanding 
the  Group’s  geographical  coverage,  as  well  as  increasing  Group 
manufacturing capacity. 

The  acquisition  of  Humphrey  Poultry  (Holdings)  Ltd  (“Humphrey”), 
based  at  Twyford  in  Hampshire,  in  March  2022,  fulfilled  multiple 
strategic  aims.  Significantly,  it  has  opened  up  new  geographic 
areas  for  us,  particularly  in  the  South  of  England,  nearly  doubled 
our  market  share  in  poultry  feed  for  free-range  egg  production,  and 
added  additional  feed  manufacturing  capacity,  with  the  potential  to 
further enhance the Group’s feed manufacturing operations. A further 
acquisition,  Tamar  Milling  Ltd,  an  animal  feed  business  based  in 
Cornwall, which we completed after the end of the financial year, has 
expanded our geographic reach in the South West of England.  Both 
acquisitions are immediately earnings enhancing. 

The  Joint  Venture  businesses,  particularly  Bibby  Agriculture  Ltd  and 
WYRO Developments Limited, have performed very well, contributing 
above our expectations.

We  have  continued  to  invest  significantly  in  the  business.  Our 
investment  project  at  our  seed  processing  plant  in  Astley  was 
completed,  doubling  grass  seed  mixing  capacity  and  adding  new 

“  

          We are pleased to have outperformed national trends 
in the sectors in which we operate, and have made material 
progress in expanding the Group’s geographical coverage, 
as well as increasing Group manufacturing capacity.”

19

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

technical  sales  team,  which  provides  on-farm  specialist  advice  on 
animal nutrition.  This is a differentiator for us to the wider market. 

Our feed volumes during the financial year increased by 6% to a record 
level, and outperformed the national trend. Demand was boosted by 
the dry summer, which reduced available grass and forage.  Dairy feed 
volumes were up by 7%, poultry by 2% and sheep by 5%. Although 
feed  volumes  were  strong,  margins  were  affected  by  raw  material 
volatility and increased fuel and packaging costs, which we were not 
able to pass on fully. This resulted in the contribution from feed being 
slightly behind last year.  

We have made further progress in enhancing the sustainability of our 
offering,  a  key  component  of  our  overall  strategy.    We  launched  a 
range of ruminant feeds that include a methane inhibitor approved by 
the Carbon Trust.  We are also working on a collaborative project to 
reduce phosphate excretion from laying hens in order to reduce water 
pollution. 

The  Humphrey  business,  which  was  acquired  in  March  2022,  made 
a good first-time contribution, in line with our expectations. This was 
very  pleasing  given  the  pressures  that  the  egg  industry  experienced 
over the year, with feed, energy and labour costs increasing without 
the  corresponding  increase  in  egg  price.  In  addition,  Avian  Influenza 
resulted  in  the  culling  of  laying  flocks,  which  also  reduced  feed 
demand, a factor that is likely to continue in 2023, while the organic 
sector  has  been  affected  by  consumers  trading  down  to  cheaper 
conventionally-produced  eggs.  We  have  successfully  reduced  our 
cost base to mitigate these challenges. 

Our major investment programme at Carmarthen Mill is well under way 
and  on  schedule  to  be  completed  by  early  2024.  It  will  significantly 
increase  our  feed  manufacturing  capacity  as  well  as  drive  efficiency. 
As part of the acquisition of the Humphrey business, we acquired a 
mothballed feed plant at Calne in Wiltshire. The redevelopment of this 
site will replace the leased facility at Twyford, which was retained by 
the vendors. We are considering all our options in developing the site 
to ensure optimal benefits as we expand capacity and take advantage 
of the opportunities to increase our market share in the South West 
of England.

The  increase  in  the  price  of  grain  during  the  second  half  of  2022 
resulted  in  significant  feed  price  rises  for  the  winter  of  2022/2023. 
Additionally, the mild autumn enabled farmers to keep livestock out at 
grass longer than normal. This reduced feed demand during the early 
part of the winter.  

ARABLE PRODUCTS

Our arable operations supply a wide range of services and products 
to arable and grassland farmers.  These include seeds, fertilisers and 
agro-chemical, as well as grain marketing services.

Overall,  the  Arable  Division  performed  very  well,  with  significant 
contributions  from  GrainLink  and  our  in-house  fertiliser  trading 
operation.

GrainLink experienced an exceptional year, increasing volumes traded 
by  31%  to  a  record  high.  This  reflected  the  good  harvest  yields  in 
both 2021 and 2022 and increased market share on the eastern side 
of  the  country,  where  we  had  invested  in  additional  resource.  Grain 
markets were extremely volatile in the period and GrainLink’s already 
strong  contribution  to  Group  results  received  a  significant  boost  by 
an unusual and very short-lived surge in the price of wheat contracts 
on  31  October  2022,  our  financial  year  end.  As  previously  reported, 
this  was  caused  by  the  Russian  Government’s  decision,  which  was 
reversed 72 hours later, to withdraw from an agreement allowing grain 
to be exported from Ukraine. This short-lived price movement created 
an additional, non-cash accounting profit of approximately £0.4 million. 

GrainLink’s “Arable Event” successfully returned in June after a break 
of two years due to the coronavirus. The specialised event attracted 
around  800  farmers,  who  came  to  listen  to  keynote  speakers  and 
obtain information on cutting-edge arable farming technology.

Total cereal seed volumes were 19% lower year-on-year. This reflected 
an  increase  in  “farmer-saved”  cereal  seed  being  used  for  autumn 
plantings  after  the  early  and  good  quality  2022  harvest,  and  our 
decision  to  reduce  lower-margin  wholesale  sales.  Demand  for  grass 
seed  was  also  lower,  with  the  dry  spring  and  summer  resulting  in  a 

smaller  acreage  of  both  conventional  and  environmental  grass  seed 
being sown. Nonetheless, our grass seed volumes, which were down 
by 9%, were better than the national market trend. 

We  completed  the  investment  at  our  seed  processing  plant  at 
Shrewsbury.  This  has  enabled  us  to  double  grass  seed  mixing 
capacity.  We also installed a colour sorter into the cereal processing 
facility, which now enables us to process hybrid cereal seed. We are 
collaborating with seed breeders and stakeholders within the sector to 
ensure that we continue to deliver innovation to our arable customers. 

Merchanted  fertiliser  sales  performed  ahead  of  last  year  and 
management expectations. While the dry spring and summer, coupled 
with significant price increases, flattened demand, particularly from the 
livestock sector, improved margins more than offset lower tonnage. 

A large acreage of winter cereals was planted in the autumn of 2022. 
This  typically  results  in  a  reduction  of  spring  sown  seed.  The  large 
acreage of autumn sown seed bodes well for both demand for crop 
inputs  and  a  good  harvest  in  2023,  although  weather  can  influence 
yield.  We therefore view the outlook for the arable sector positively, 
despite farmers’ increased input costs.

GLASSON GRAIN LIMITED 

Glasson is the second largest fertiliser blender in the UK, and is based 
at Glasson Dock near Lancaster. As well as fertiliser blending, Glasson 
has two other core activities, the supply of feed raw materials and the 
manufacture of added-value animal feed products.

Glasson delivered a record result, driven by exceptional one-off gains 
from  the  fertiliser  blending  activity,  which  benefited  from  rising  and 
volatile  raw  material  prices.  This  followed  increases  in  the  price  for 
natural gas – a key raw material in the production of fertiliser. Sanction-
related restrictions on Russian businesses tightened global supplies of 
fertiliser  products,  substantially  increasing  fertiliser  prices.  Whilst  this 
reduced demand, it also generated significant stock gains for Glasson. 
Gas  prices  rose  again  in  the  summer  of  2022,  resulting  in  further 
fertiliser price rises. This was followed by the permanent closure of the 
CF  fertiliser  production  plant  and  certain  manufacturers  suspending 
production, and the market remains tight.  

The  specialist  animal  feed  operation  experienced  lower  demand 
for  wild  bird  food  and  associated  products,  and  margins  were  also 
affected by rising energy and labour costs. The feed trading operation 
performed  ahead  of  management  expectation,  maintaining  both 
volumes and margins in a volatile market.

Agriculture - Revenue (note 2, pages 79-80)

£564.26m

£358.96m

£302.58m

Revenue generated by the Agriculture Division increased by 
57% to £564.26m”

2022

2021

2020

“

Agriculture - Segment Result (note 2, pages 79-80)

2012

2021

2020

£4.22m

£2.88m

£14.66m

Segmental contribution rose by 
247% to £14.66m”

“

20

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
21

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 202222

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group PlcChief Executive’s Review continued

SPECIALIST AGRICULTURAL MERCHANTING 
DIVISION
The  Specialist  Agricultural  Merchanting  Division  comprises  a 
network  of  53  depots,  located  within  predominantly  livestock  areas 
of  England  and  Wales.  The  depots  supply  a  range  of  products  that 
cater predominantly for the needs of farmers but also rural dwellers. 
The depot network is supported by our multi-channel sales route to 
market,  which  includes  a  sales  trading  desk,  specialist  catalogues 
and  a  digital  platform.  The  division  also  incorporates  Youngs  Animal 
Feeds, based in Staffordshire, which manufactures a range of equine 
products.  These  are  marketed  throughout  Wales  and  the  Midlands 
region.

from 

the  Specialist  Agricultural  Merchanting  Division 
Revenue 
increased  by  5%  to  £148.77m  (2021:  £141.43m).  Its  segmental 
contribution rose by 11% to £7.95m (2021: £7.15m), which was well 
ahead  of  management  expectations  and  driven  by  strong  sales  of 
higher-margin products, such as own-brand bagged feed, as well as 
increased efficiencies.

Like-for-like  sales  at  the  depots  increased  by  5%  year-on-year.  The 
long, dry summer affected sales of certain product categories such as 
crop  packaging,  animal  health  and  fencing  products,  and  spend  on 
certain discretionary items reduced.

We  continued  with  our  depot  optimisation  programme,  closing  the 
Bethania  depot  in  Ceredigion  in  September  2022  while  retaining  its 
trade via other depots in the area. We also continued to invest in staff 
training, so that customers benefit from valuable advice and guidance 
on products and their usage. Depot staff also continue to work closely 
with our on-farm specialists.

Youngs Animal Feeds has been affected by the cost-of-living increase, 
particularly in the second half of the year, with volumes and margins 
impacted  by  the  squeeze  on  consumer  spending.  This  is  likely  to 
continue into the new financial year.)

JOINT VENTURES AND ASSOCIATE COMPANY 
Wynnstay  has  three  joint  venture  companies,  Bibby  Agriculture 
Limited, WYRO Developments Limited and Total Angling Limited, and 
an associate company, Celtic Pride Limited. 

The  combined  contribution  from  our  joint  ventures  and  associated 
company  was  significantly  higher  than  budgeted  at  £0.80m  (2021: 
£0.68m). This reflected a strong performance from Bibby Agriculture 
Limited and the completion of a housing development site at WYRO 
Developments Limited. 

ENVIRONMENTAL,  SOCIAL  AND  GOVERNANCE 
(“ESG”)
ESG considerations are very important to us as we continue to develop 
the Group.  Our ESG strategy has two fundamental aims. These are to 
achieve net carbon zero by 2040 and to help farmers feed the UK in 
an environmentally and sustainable way.

In  order  to  support  our  ESG  strategy,  during  the  year  we  set  up  a 
Sustainable  Farm  Advisory  Team,  comprising  industry  experts.  They 
will work with the Board and with the Environmental and Sustainability 
Manager and provide counsel on our strategy and delivery plans. 

Over  the  next  twelve  months  we  will  be  focused  on  developing  a 

roadmap to enable the Group to fully integrate the recommendations of 
the Financial Stability Board’s Task Force on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures (“TCFD”). This will improve and increase the reporting of 
the Group’s climate-related financial information. 

Internally,  we  have  a  number  of  programmes  under  way  to  reduce 
carbon emissions and energy consumption. These cover the Group’s 
lighting,  vehicle  fleet,  biofuel  use  and  power  requirements.  A  major 
initiative is a £1 million investment in solar photovoltaic panels at six 
of our sites that have high electricity usage. We intend this to be the 
first phase of a multi-site rollout of renewables over the next five years. 

In terms of our offering to farmers, Wynnstay is well-placed to provide 
solutions at all points of food production. Precision farming techniques 
can play a significant role in reducing carbon emissions and protecting 
soil,  water  and  air  quality.  These  include  precision  nutrient  use  for 
crops  and  livestock  feeding  management.  Careful  soil  management 
is  also  critical  to  better  environmental  outcomes.  New  Government 
policy  and  legislation  in  England  and  Wales,  such  as  ELMS,  the 
Sustainable Farming Scheme and Nitrate Vulnerable Zones, are also 
requiring farmers to adopt new practices.

We  have  continued  to  increase  our  offering  of  sustainable  products 
during  the  year,  and  launched  our  Holistic  Whole  Farm  Solution 
through our sales team. We also introduced into our range of ruminant 
feeds  a  methane  inhibitor,  which  has  been  approved  by  the  Carbon 
Trust, and are also working on other feed products. 

Specialist Agricultural Merchanting 
- Revenue (note 2, pages 79 – 80)
2022

“

      Revenue from the 
Specialist Agricultural 
Merchanting Division 
increased by 5% to 
£148.77m”

2021

2020

£148.77m

£141.43m

£128.81m

Specialist Agricultural Merchanting 

- Segment Result (note 2, pages 79 – 80) “

        Operating profit 
contribution rose by 
11% to £7.95m”

2022

2021

2020

£7.95m

£7.15m

£5.78m

“  

          ESG considerations are very important to us as we continue 
to develop the Group.  Our ESG strategy has two fundamental 
aims. These are to achieve net carbon zero by 2040 and to help 
farmers feed the UK in an environmentally and sustainable way.”

23

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Chief Executive’s Review continued

We take our social and community responsibilities very seriously.  Our 
‘Colleagues Forum’, introduced in the last financial year, gives our staff 
the opportunity to more easily offer their views on how to improve the 
business, and we wish to see this initiative further develop. We continue 
to support the local communities in which we operate through projects 
and supporting local charities. We also support the charitable efforts 
of our staff, which include fundraising events for the Royal Agricultural 
Benevolent Institution and Children with Cancer.  

As  a  Board,  we  aim  to  maintain  very  high  standards  of  appropriate 
corporate and commercial governance, which will support the delivery 
of long-term shareholder value.

COLLEAGUES
I  would  like  to  thank  all  our  staff  for  their  loyalty,  commitment,  and 
dedication  over  the  year.  The  Group’s  record  results  have  been 
underpinned by their hard work in what was a challenging year, with 
disruption from coronavirus, supply issues and the cost-of-living crisis. 
Wynnstay colleagues have continued to demonstrate our values, and I 
am extremely proud of them all.

OUTLOOK
Trading  in  the  first  two  months  of  the  new  financial  year  was  in  line 
with management expectations, and, looking further ahead, we remain 
confident of continuing progress against our strategic plans. We are 
also conscious of inflationary pressures, which will increase costs for 
our  customers,  suppliers  and  consumers,  and  have  taken  steps  to 
manage these pressures. Farmgate prices are off the peaks of 2022, 
and although there is sector variation, especially for free-range eggs, 
prices are still strong against the average of the last five years. 

The year’s excellent financial results included substantial one-off profits 
that will not be repeated in the new financial year.  Nonetheless, the 
trading  performance  was  also  strong,  and  the  Group  remains  well-
positioned to build on this performance.  

We remain firmly focused on our long-term growth ambitions and are 
investing with confidence across the Group and will continue to seek 
complementary acquisitions.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

“         We remain firmly 

focused on our long-
term growth ambitions 
and are investing 
with confidence 
across the Group 
and will continue to 
seek complementary 
acquisitions.”

Gareth Davies

Chief Executive Officer

31 January 2023

24

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
25

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 202226

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group PlcFinance Review

TRADING RESULTS

A  summary  of  the  trading  conditions  experienced  by  the  business 
over the last financial year is provided in the Chief Executive’s Review 
on  pages  19-24,  including  details  of  the  significant  acquisition  of 
Humphrey  Poultry  Holdings  Limited  (“Humphrey”)  made  during  the 
period. 

The Group’s operations are divided into two main divisional reporting 
segments,  Agriculture,  which  encompasses  the  manufacturing  and 
supply  of  agricultural  inputs  delivered  to  customers,  and  Specialist 
Agricultural  Merchanting,  which  involves  the  supply  of  products, 
primarily  to  farmers,  linked  through  the  provision  of  expert  advice  of 
their use.  

Group revenue in the period grew to £713.03m (2021: £500.39m), with 
this 42% increase driven by very significant commodity inflation during 
the year, and the acquisition of the Humphrey business. The inflation 
mainly  occurred  in  the  Agriculture  division  in  which  the  acquisition  is 
also now reported and these combined effects saw reported sales in 
this  segment  increase  by  £205.30m  or  57.2%  to  £564.26m  (2021: 
£358.96m).  The  Specialist  Agricultural  Merchanting  division  saw 
growth of 5.2% to £148.77m (2021: £141.43m), again reflecting the 
impact of inflation across many categories. 

Group operating profit was £20.94m (2021: £10.61m), and profit before 
taxation  was  £21.12m  (2021:  £10.99m).  On  the  Board’s  preferred 
alternative  performance  measure  referred  to  as  Underlying  pre-tax 
profit, which includes the gross share of results from joint ventures but 
excludes share-based payments and non-recurring items, the Group 
achieved £22.61m (2021: £11.44m). A reconciliation with the reported 
income statement and this measure, together with the reasons for its 
use is given below:

£000

2022

2021

Profit before tax

21,124

10,991

Share  of  tax  incurred  by  joint  ventures  & 

associates

Share-based payments

Non-recurring items

Underlying pre-tax profit

27

132

262

1,094

22,612

105

343

-

11,439

“

      Group revenue 
in the period grew 
to £713.03m (2021: 
£500.39m), with this 
42% increase driven 
by very significant 
commodity inflation 
during the year, and 
the acquisition of the 
Humphrey business.”

The  Board  uses  this  alternative  performance  measure  as  it  believes 
the underlying commercial performance of the current trading activities 
is  better  reflected,  and  provides  investors  and  other  users  of  the 
accounts with an improved view of likely future performance by making 
the following adjustments to the IFRS results for the following reasons:

The  add  back  of  tax  incurred  by  joint  ventures  and  associates.  The 
Board  believes  the  incorporation  of  the  gross  result  of  these  entities 
provides a fuller understanding of their combined contribution to the 
Group performance.

•  The add back of share-based payments. This charge is a calculated 
using a standard valuation model, with the assessed non-cash cost 
each  year  varying  depending  on  new  scheme  invitations  and  the 
number  of  leavers  from  live  schemes.  These  variables  can  create 
a  volatile  non-cash  charge  to  the  income  statement,  which  is  not 
directly connected to the trading performance of the business.

•  Non-recurring  items.  The  Group’s  accounting  policies  include  the 
separate  identification  of  non-recurring  material  items  on  the  face 
of the income statement, which the Board believes could cause a 
misinterpretation of trading performance if not disclosed. An analysis 
of these charges is given in Note 5 to the accounts.

•  Inclusive of contributions from joint ventures our Agriculture division 
generated an operating profit before non-recurring items of £14.66m 
(2021: £4.22m), while our Specialist Agricultural Merchanting division 
produced  £7.95m  (2021:  £7.15m).  Other  activities  generated  a 
small profit of £0.23m (2021: £0.09m loss). 

Over  the  course  of  the  year,  the  Group  issued  a  number  of  trading 
updates  to  inform  the  market  of  expected  improvements  in  the 
reported results for the period. These updates were mainly the result 
of  external  factors  causing  increases  in  fertiliser  commodity  values 
which subsequently resulted in one-off gains in the Glasson fertiliser 
raw material stock book. The combined effect of these gains has been 
the main driver of the increase in reported profits for period, but they 
are not expected to be repeated in the new financial year. Additionally, 
on 14 November 2022 we reported that the unusual movement in the 

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022price  of  wheat  contracts  on  the  London  ICE  Futures  market  on  31 
October 2022 would accelerate the accounting recognition of certain 
derivative  gains.  This  unusual  price  movement  had  been  caused  by 
the Russian Government’s announcement over the previous weekend 
that  they  would  withdraw  from  the  Ukraine  grain  export  agreement, 
a  decision  that  was  reversed  within  72  hours  and  which  effectively 
extinguished the gains recorded on the 31 October 2022. However, 
in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standard 9, the 
respective derivative contracts are required to be valued in accordance 
with  the  appropriate  market  price  as  at  the  financial  year  end,  This 
non-cash  accounting  adjustment  added  approximately  £434,000  to 
the results of the year under review, but will effectively reverse in the 
new financial year.        

The  Group’s  tax  charge  including  joint  ventures  of  £4.11m  (2021: 
£2.16m) represents 19.4% (2021: 19.5%) of the Group pre-tax profit 
of £21.26m (2021: £11.09m), with the reduction related to the benefits 
from  claiming  the  capital  allowance  super  deductions  available  for 
relevant  investments.  A  reconciliation  relating  to  Group’s  tax  charge 
and Group pre-tax profit is given below:

£000

Group’s tax charge

Taxation 

2022

2021

3,982

2,057

Share of tax incurred by associate and joint venture

132

105

4,114

2,162

Group pre-tax profit from continuing operations 

Profit before taxation from operations

21,124

10,991

Share of tax incurred by associates and joint ventures

132

105

21,256

11,096

In accordance with Schedule 19 of the Finance Act 2016, the Group 
has published a Tax Strategy document on its website, which confirms 
that the organisation is committed to full compliance with all statutory 
obligations and adopts a policy of full disclosure to HMRC. The Group 
refrains from using offshore tax jurisdictions and will not use specifically 
constructed tax avoidance schemes or arrangements.

Earnings Per Share & Dividend

Basic  earnings  per  share  were  82.72p  (2021:  44.40p),  based  on  a 
weighted average number of shares in issue during the year of 20.722m 
(2021: 20.120m). The Board proposes to recommend the payment of 
a final dividend of 11.60p per share to be paid on the 28 April 2023, 
which  when  added  to  the  interim  dividend  of  5.40p  per  share  paid 
on the 31 October 2022, makes a total of 17.00p for the year (2021: 
15.50p),  an  increase  of  9.7%.  The  total  dividend  is  expected  to  be 
covered  around  4.1  times  (2021:  2.8  times)  by  profit  after  tax.  The 
total dividend represents the nineteenth consecutive year of payment 
growth since the business was floated on the Alternative Investment 
Market of the London Stock Exchange in 2004. This current dividend 
cover  remains  within  the  range  which  can  support  the  continuing 
progressive  policy.  Current  Company  distributable  reserves  amount 
to £16.55m, (2021: £16.47m) and are adequate to cover nearly four 
years of current dividend payment levels. Adequate anticipated cash 
resources  and  future  cash  generation  assumptions  also  support 
the Board’s view that the current policy is sustainable. A process of 
subsidiary  dividend  payments  to  the  parent  Company  continues  so 
as to ensure adequate liquidity and capital are available to support the 
progressive dividend policy. 

Working Capital, Cashflow and Net Cash

The significant commodity inflation referred to earlier in this report has 
created  considerable  challenges  with  the  management  of  working 
capital,  exacerbated  by  the  seasonal  and  intra-month  requirement 

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

peaks. The October year end does represent a trough in the Group’s 
annual  seasonal  working  capital  cycle  and  therefore  usually  results 
in  the  highest  reported  cash  position  which  can  mask  maximum 
requirements.  Working  capital,  simply  defined  as  inventories  plus 
current  trade  and  other  receivables  less  current  trade  and  other 
payables, stood at £62.66m at the year end compared to £46.85m 
the previous year. This 34% increase is a reasonable indicator of the 
additional  cash  absorption  the  inflationary  environment  has  created, 
but  the  business  continues  to  generate  positive  strong  operational 
cashflow which has adequately funded this requirement. 

Cash  generated  from  operations  amounted  to  £13.84m  (2021: 
£10.58m), and this was supported by an equity fundraise concluded 
in  August  2022  which  raised  £10.26m  net,  to  support  investment 
plans. The reported net cash position at the year-end was £14.15m 
(2021: £9.24m). Excluding the classification of land & building leases 
as debt, in accordance with the basis on which the Group’s banking 
covenants are calculated, the net cash position was £18.20m (2021: 
£15.46m). 

Share Capital and Balance Sheet

During  the  year  a  total  of  75,891  (2021:  89,687)  new  ordinary 
shares  were  issued  for  a  total  equivalent  cash  amount  of  £0.457m 
(2021:  £0.439m)  to  existing  shareholders  exercising  their  right  to 
receive  dividends  in  the  form  of  new  shares.  A  further  1,965,689 
(2021: 158,138) shares were issued for a total cash consideration of 
£10.580m (2021: £0.586m), of which 1,900,000 shares were issued 
in a private placing to institutional holders and 65,689 were issued to 
employees exercising rights over approved share options.

Group  net  assets  at  the  year  end  amounted  to  £130.70m  (2021: 
£105.72m), which based on the weighted average number of shares 
in  issue  during  the  year  of  20.722m  (2021:  20.120m)  equated  to  a 
net  asset  value  per  share  of  £6.31  (2021:  £5.25  per  share).  Based 
on the weighted average number of shares in issue at the year end of 
22.340m (2021: 20.299m), this net asset per share value was £5.85 
(2021:  £5.21).  During  the  financial  year  the  share  price  traded  in  a 
range between a high of £6.45 in June 2022 and a low of £4.87 in 
November  2021.  Based  on  these  balance  sheet  values,  Return  on 
Net Assets from Underlying Pre-tax profits was 17.4% (2021: 10.8%). 

Capital  investment  in  fixed  assets  including  right  of  use  assets, 
amounted  to  £5.31m  (2021:  £5.61m)  in  the  year,  while  a  further 
£10.23m, including previously deferred consideration, was invested in 
acquisitions (2021: £2.21m).

28

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
Key Performance Indicators

The performance of the business is regularly monitored against financial key performance indicators (KPI’s), defined as follows:

REVENUE:

The invoiced value of sales from the Group’s activities, measured at a fair value net of all rebates and excluding value added tax. £713.03m 
(2021: £500.39m).

ADJUSTED EBITDA:

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation, and investment property fair value adjustment, tax on joint ventures, goodwill 
impairment, share-based payment expenses and other non-cash charges. £28.31m (2021: £18.21m).

A reconciliation of this measure to reported IFRS profit before tax is provided below:

£000

IFRS reported pre-tax profit

Investment property fair value adjustment

Tax on joint venture and associate income

Net profit on disposal of assets

Interest

Depreciation & ROU amortisation

Intangible amortisation, goodwill impairment and share-based payments

Other non-cash charges

Adjusted EBITDA

Property lease payments 

Adjusted EBITDA after operating lease payments

EARNINGS PER SHARE:

2022

21,124

522

132

(218)

490

6,375

416

(531)

28,310

(2,281)

26,029

2021

10,991

-

105

(74)

190

6,139

477

386

18,214

(2,419)

15,795

Profit for the year after taxation divided by the weighted average number of shares in issue during    
the year 82.72p (2021: 44.40p).

UNDERLYING PRE-TAX PROFIT:

Underlying pre-tax profit includes the Group’s share of pre-tax profit from joint ventures and associate investments but excludes non-recurring 
costs and share-based payment expense £22.61m (2021: £11.44m).

RETURN ON NET ASSETS:

Underlying pre-tax profit, with intangible amortisation added back, divided by the balance sheet net asset value. 17.4% (2021: 10.8%).

NET ASSETS PER SHARE:

The balance sheet net asset value, divided by the weighted average number of shares in issue during the year. £6.31 (2021: £5.25).

GOING CONCERN

As  part  of  their  normal  year  end  processes  the  Board  have  reviewed  commercial  plans  and  budgets  for  the  new  financial  year,  together  with 
assessing the principal identified risks and uncertainties for the Group. Detailed cashflow projections have been prepared and considered against 
available funding sources, which at the year-end included net cash of £14.2m, plus £10.5m of undrawn revolving credit facilities and £10.5m of 
unused overdraft facilities with HSBC Bank UK Plc. The Directors have therefore concluded that they have reasonable expectation that the Group 
has adequate financial resources to support the operational requirements of the business for the foreseeable future, and that it is appropriate to 
continue adopting the going concern concept in the preparation of financial statements. 

The Board are pleased with the financial performance of the Group during a year which has presented many financial and commercial challenges 
which have been effectively managed, with the business continuing to demonstrate the resilience of its focused “farmer first” business model.

29

Paul Roberts
Finance Director
31 January 2023

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Wynnstay Group Plc Company Information

DIRECTORS

S J Ellwood - Chairman

P M Kirkham
H J Richards
C Bradshaw 

G W Davies – Chief Executive
B P Roberts – Finance Director

SECRETARY

C A Williams

COMPANY NUMBER

2704051

REGISTERED OFFICE

AUDITOR

PRINCIPAL BANKERS

NOMINATED ADVISOR &
STOCKBROKER

REGISTRARS

Eagle House
Llansantffraid-Ym-Mechain

Powys
SY22 6AQ

RSM UK Audit LLP
20 Chapel Street

Liverpool
L3 9AG

HSBC UK Bank PLC                
Wales Corporate Banking Centre

15 Lammas Street
Carmarthen
SA31 3AQ

Shore Capital and Corporate Limited

Cassini House
57 St James’s Street
London

SW1A 1LD                

Neville Registrars Limited
Neville House
Steelpark Road

Halesowen
West Midlands
B62 8HD

SOLICITORS

Harrisons Solicitors LLP                                   DWF LLP

30 Broad Street                                                5 St Paul’s Square
Welshpool                                                         Liverpool
Powys                                                               L3 9AE
SY21 7RR

30

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
Principal Risks and Uncertainties

For the year ended 31 October 2022

The Board retain overall responsibility for reviewing risk management strategies and maintains a framework to create sustainable growth over the 
medium to long-term by adopting an approach that is appropriate to the business activities being conducted and the scale of the enterprise. A 
risk register is maintained and regularly reviewed, with emerging concerns identified and overseen by the executive directors, supported by the 
wider executive team and the specialist knowledge available across the Group. The non-executive directors provide oversight and scrutiny in this 
area to ensure that risk management is appropriately aligned with commercial strategy. 

In all businesses, there are some risks and uncertainties which are not able to be fully controlled. The table below sets out the principal risks 
and uncertainties which could have a material impact on the Group, the list is not exhaustive, and it is possible that there will be other risks or 
uncertainties that could have a material adverse impact. Whilst all companies are subject to some financial risk, the Group continues to have a 
strong balance sheet and low gearing which are priorities for the Board.

RISK

DESCRIPTION OF RISK

MITIGATING ACTIONS

Continuing

Operational: Health and safety protocols

An absolute priority for the Group remains the safety, health 
and  welfare  of  our  colleagues,  customers,  suppliers  and 
the communities in which it operates. Causing harm to any 
individuals through the Group’s activities or actions creates 
moral,  reputational  and  financial  risk  to  the  organisation, 
as  well  as  potential  disruption  through  absence,  loss  of 
experience and other consequential implications. 

The Group has taken tangible actions over the last year to 
strengthen and embed the culture of mutual responsibility 
for  health  and  safety  matters.  Initiatives  have  included 
extended training, increased dedicated resource, enhanced 
auditing and external system and policies reviews. 

While considerable experience has now been developed to 
manage safety concerns around coronavirus, the possibility 
of  infection  breakouts  remains,  both  locally  and  nationally, 
and  as  such  activities  could  easily  be  disrupted  again 
through staffing issues or other restrictions. Coronavirus and 
the threat of other disease outbreaks continue to present a 
number of different risks to the business.

Despite  the  removal  of  many  restrictions  nationally,  the 
Group  has  maintained  some  of  the  protocols  previously 
used  to  control  the  pandemic  as  these  are  now  believed 
to  be  good  practise.  These  include  continuing  remote 
working and virtual meetings where appropriate, retention 
of certain protective equipment and a continuing isolation 
policy for confirmed or suspected infections.

Increasing

Operational: IT systems including cyber security

Much  of  the  Group’s  activities  rely  on  networked  IT 
systems  and  the  breakdown  of  any  of  these  systems 
through  mechanical  fault,  data  loss,  malicious  activity  or 
obsolescence  could  lead  to  failure  in  customer  fulfilment 
processes together with reputational and financial damage. 

The  Group  has  internal  IT  support  teams  to  manage  its 
computer systems, including procedures for recovery from 
disruption. 

Security training continues for relevant staff and recovery 
simulations have been successfully completed. 

The  potential  risk  of  cyber  attacks  has  increased  with  the 
expansion of the business and the use of remote working.

Investment  has  increased  to  update  both  hardware  and 
operating software solutions.

Continuing

Operational: Supply chain efficiency

The  Group  requires  access  to  raw  materials  and  goods  for 
resale and any disruption to its supply chains would damage 
revenue streams

Strategic  partnerships  with  suppliers  are  managed  by 
specialist  colleagues  who  aim  to  ensure  inventories  are 
kept at an optimum level.

Increasing

Operational: Construction projects

The  Group’s  expansion  strategy  entails  significant 
investment  in  manufacturing  capacity  across  a  range  of 
activities  including  feed  production,  seed  processing  and 
fertiliser  blending.  Such  investment  programs  have  failure 
risks associated with them together with concerns such as 
delays, cost overruns and other project management issues. 
A number of these projects have now commenced including 
the  first  phase  of  the  capacity  expansion  at  Carmarthen 
and the planning phase for the new mill for the Humphreys 
business. 

Considerable  time  and  effort  have  been  invested  in 
obtaining  expert  external  professional  support  to  the 
design,  planning  and  implementation  phases  of  these 
projects. The Group now also has an internal engineering 
manger  to  co-ordinate  and  take  responsibility  for  the 
delivery  of  these  critical  plans,  and  regular  reviews  take 
place with the individual project teams who then report to 
the Board on progress.

31

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022RISK

DESCRIPTION OF RISK

MITIGATING ACTIONS

Increasing

Financial: Commodity prices, currency exchange rates and general inflation

The Group’s raw material inputs (grain, feed inputs), along with 
the farmer customer outputs (dairy, meat, agricultural goods) 
are  subject  to  world  prices  which  are  impacted  by  world 
supply and demand, political factors and currency exchange 
rates which could lead to fluctuating demand for the Group’s 
products.

The Group does not engage in the taking of speculative 
commodity  positions,  and  uses  position  reporting 
systems with appropriate buying limits in place to manage 
its forward purchasing requirements for its manufacturing 
operations. 
Position  reporting  systems  are  in  place  and  where 
available,  hedging  tools  such  as  commodity  futures 
contracts  are  used  to  manage  pricing  decisions,  while 
foreign  currency  risk  is  managed  by  entering  into 
agreements at the time of the underlying transaction.

The wider economy has experienced a period of considerable 
volatility  with  higher  cost  inflation,  increased  interest  rates 
and  comparative  devaluation  of  Sterling  against  other  major 
currencies.  The  Group  cannot  be  immune  to  such  general 
pressures.

Various  hedging  strategies  have  been  used  to  fix  costs 
where  possible  including,  in  the  electricity  and  fuel 
markets.  Management  are  also  tasked  with  seeking 
forward commitment arrangements utilising the Group’s 
strong balance sheet where appropriate.

Increasing

Operational: Recruitment, retention and development of our key people

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

Recruiting  and  retaining  the  right  people  is  crucial  to  the 
success of the Group. Very tight recent labour markets have 
exacerbated  recruitment  issues  and  increased  employment 
costs across the whole spectrum of the Group’s activities.

Increasing

Financial: Availability of finance and interest rates

Fluctuating  commodity  prices  can  adversely  impact  the 
Group’s  working  capital  requirements  and  increases  in 
interest  rates  raise  the  Group’s  cost  base  and  can  limit 
capital  availability.  Recent  Bank  of  England  policy  has  been 
to  increase  interest  rates  to  contribute  to  managing  high 
inflationary pressures.

Succession planning and development of key colleagues 
is regularly considered at Board level. The Remuneration 
Committee  develops  policies  to  attract,  retain  and 
motivate the right people for the success of the Group. 
At the end of the financial year, the Group paid an Income 
Supplement of £750 per person to help with the current 
cost of living concerns and assist employee retention.

The  Group  monitors  headroom  in  its  banking  facilities 
and maintains adequate capacity to absorb unexpected 
but  foreseeable  trading  patterns  and  conditions.  Debt 
facilities are in place with HSBC Bank Plc which include 
variable  overdraft  and  committed 
revolving  credit 
facilities  and  term  loans,  together  with  separate  asset 
funding lines. The majority of existing debt facilities have 
floating interest rates linked to bank reference rates. The 
Board would review its option to fix the rates attached to 
such debt drawdowns through the use of interest swap 
derivatives if appropriate.

Increasing

Operational: Operating environment

- Impact of weather conditions and climate change 
Demand  for  the  Group’s  products  is  affected  by  climatic 
conditions as these impact demand for animal feed and arable 
activities  and  so  customer  demand  can  be  impacted  by  the 
weather which, in turn, could lead to volatility of earnings.

The Group monitors trends and, as noted above, seeks 
to diversify where possible to avoid reliance on individual 
customer or product groups, such as offering products to 
arable and livestock farmers.

- Consumer awareness
There  is  growing  evidence  of  consumer  awareness  and 
concern about sustainability of products purchased, including 
food.

The  Board  monitors  developments  in  consumer  buying 
patterns  in  relation  to  sustainability  and  the  Group  is 
active in industry trade associations and maintains close 
contact with government policy development.

- Avian Influenza
The  recent  increasing  incidents  of  this  highly  pathogenic 
disease  affecting  farmed  poultry  as  well  as  wild  birds 
represents serious commercial risks to an important customer 
sector for the Group’s feed business.

The Company has implemented appropriate bio-security 
measures  to  minimise  the  risk  of  contributing  to  the 
spread  of  the  disease,  including  limiting  farm  visits, 
utilising  single  use  protective  clothing  and  disinfecting 
regimes for feed delivery vehicles.  

- Government regulation and licences
A  number  of  the  operating  sites  within  the  Group  require 
specific environment regulated permits or other governmental 
approvals or licences. Non-compliance with the terms of such 
approvals could result in the withdrawal of authority to operate 
certain activities which could lead to volatility of earnings or 
loss of reputation.

The  Board  oversees  environment  and 
regulatory 
from 
compliance  by 
management  and  monitoring  the  results  of  internal 
reviews and external compliance audits.

regular  updates 

receiving 

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc

32

 
Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued

RISK

DESCRIPTION OF RISK

MITIGATING ACTIONS

Continuing

Financial: Credit

A significant proportion of the Group’s trade is conducted on 
credit terms and as such the risk of non-payment is always 
present.

Customers are credit checked and appropriate limits set up 
prior to goods being supplied. The Group actively monitors 
accounts  using  the  credit  control  policy  and  the  Board 
regularly  monitors  debtor  days.  The  historic  incidence  of 
bad debts is low.

- Grain trading business
The grain trading business derives a significant proportion of 
revenue  from  a  small  number  of  key  customers,  leading  to 
substantial customer credit balances.

The  Group  utilises  credit  insurance  in  order  to  provide 
partial cover against default by certain large customers for 
grain.

Continuing

Operational: Industry consolidation and change

The  Group  operates  in  a  fragmented  market  which  is 
undergoing consolidation. Our strategy is to grow through a 
combination of organic and acquisition-based means in order 
to remain competitive and benefit from economies of scale. 
Consequently, it is important to successfully identify, execute 
and  integrate  growth  opportunities  in  order  to  mitigate  the 
risk of customer loss and competition.

The Group pursues a sensible growth strategy by seeking 
to increase its market share through geographic expansion 
and acquisitions. The Group continues to invest in its sales 
channels, capturing data through a customer relationship 
management tool in order to identify and manage customer 
sales,  service,  support  and  quality  across  our  catalogue 
direct to farm and specialist agricultural merchanting depot 
network.

Increasing

Operational: War in Ukraine

The  conflict  in  Ukraine  caused  significant  disruption  to 
global trade flows of certain agricultural commodities, both 
through  the  direct  blockades  on  exports  and  through  the 
implementation  of  sanctions  on  Russia,  who  was  a  major 
exporter of energy and fertiliser products.

Increasing

Operational: Brexit and the political backdrop

Whilst the initial blockade on the export of wheat, sunflower 
and other commodities from Ukraine had limited practical 
effect on the UK, it had a dramatic impact on prices. The 
Group’s policy of forward buying mitigated the immediate 
impacts and enabled prices to be adjusted over the normal 
supply  cycle.  However,  the  sanctions  on  many  Russian 
businesses closed off important sources of some fertiliser 
products.  The  Group’s  diverse  supply  chain  enabled  the 
business to react to these rapidly evolving circumstances 
and  switch  restricted  supplies  to  alternative  sources 
elsewhere in Europe.

While  the  Trade  and  Co-operation  Agreement  between  the 
UK and EU initially avoids the implementation of tariffs, the 
potential for adverse consequences remains for the business, 
both  in  terms  of  direct  disruption  and  with  the  commercial 
prosperity of the Group’s predominant farmer customer base. 

We  continue  to  closely  monitor  the  government’s  Brexit 
arrangements and adapt our plans to respond to the latest 
arrangements.  New  free  trade  agreements  with  countries 
such as Australia, have created concerns over agricultural 
products and the Group receives consultancy input on the 
implications of such arrangements.

Potential disruption issues include:
- Imported product supply chains
While  the  Group  has  limited  direct  importation  activities,  it 
does rely on smooth supply chains for certain products and 
raw  materials  which  could  be  disrupted  due  to  congestion 
and  customs  procedures  at  point  of  UK  entry  which  could 
affect manufacturing and merchanting operations.
- Customer exports
Some of our customers export their end product, so changes 
in  demand  for  whatever  reason  for  their  products  could  in 
turn affect their demand for the Group’s products.

Some of our raw material inputs and goods for resale are 
sourced  from  worldwide  locations  and  where  possible 
we plan to purchase from a variety of sources in order to 
minimise reliance on a single point of supply.

The Group diversifies where possible to avoid reliance on 
individual  customer  or  product  groups,  such  as  offering 
products to arable and livestock farmers.

-  Historic  reliance  of  our  customers  on  government 
support  Our  core  farmer  base  has  historically  relied  upon 
financial  support  provided  and  managed  by  the  EU.  The 
UK  governments  have  implemented  replacement  support 
schemes,  initially  with  different  priorities  for  accessing 
payments going forward. A potential reduction in the funding 
may  lead  to  uncertainty  and  impact  our  customer  buying 
patterns.

respective  government’s  agricultural 

The 
legislative 
frameworks  have  been  fully  investigated  and  resources 
allocated to assist our customers to access the available 
funding for joint commercial benefit. The Group will adapt 
commercial plans and approaches to respond to the latest 
arrangements,  particularly  any  change  of  policy  direction 
that  may  result  from  changes  in  government  cabinet 
priorities.

33

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022Wynnstay Group PLC - Section 172 Statement
Financial Year ending 31 October 2022

BACKGROUND

STAKEHOLDERS

All  large  companies  are  required  to  include  a  separate  statement  in 
their strategic report that explains how its directors have had regard to 
wider stakeholder needs when performing their duty under s172 of the 
Companies Act 2006. The introduction of this disclosure requirement 
has  not  changed  the  underlying  statutory  duties  of  a  director,  which 
are set out below:

Section 172(1) of the Companies Act 2006
A director of a company must act in the way he/she considers, in good 
faith, would be most likely to promote the success of the company for 
the benefit of its members and in doing so have regard (amongst other 
matters) to: 

a. The likely consequences of any decision in the long term

b. The interests of the company’s employees; 

c.  The  need  to  foster  the  company’s  business  relationships  with 

suppliers, customers and others; 

d. The impact of the company’s operations on the community and 

the environment;

e. The desirability of the company maintaining a reputation for high 

standards of business conduct, and; 

f.  The need to act fairly between members of the company. 

The  Board  and  its  individual  directors  have  acted  in  accordance 
with  these  statutory  obligations  while  conducting  their  duties  during 
the  financial  year  to  31  October  2022,  and  have  taken  into  account 
relevant issues, factors and wider stakeholder group concerns when 
considering business strategy and the decisions necessary to execute 
that  strategy.  The  Directors  recognise  the  importance  of  managing 
the  business  in  a  responsible,  fair  and  ethical  manner,  and  strive  to 
engender such values in every aspect of the Group’s operations.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

The  Group  continues  to  identify  five  main  stakeholder  groupings 
associated  with  the  business,  and  have  produced  specific  outline 
corporate  goals  for  each,  which  must  be  balanced  to  satisfy  the 
expectations  of  all  stakeholders  and  to  achieve  the  overall  strategic 
ambitions of the Business. Engagement channels are well developed 
for each grouping, which provide strong two-way communication links 
ensuring  the  Board  are  always  cognisant  of  expectations.  Additional 
information  on  engagement  can  be  found  in  the  ESG  Framework 
section of the Annual Report.

Customers  –  where  the  Group  seeks  to  excel  in  terms  of  range, 
value,  quality,  and  service.  The  relationship  nature  of  the  Group’s 
trading  activities  requires  strong  communication  links  with  individual 
customers  which  are  maintained  through  named  account  managers 
and other dedicated sales contact personnel, regular correspondence 
and  increasingly  through  digital  interaction  channels.  The  Group  has 
specialist teams who are able of offer advice on a range of agricultural 
matters and more details can been found within the Strategic Report.

Shareholders  –  the  Board  seeks  to  execute  its  strategy  in  a 
sustainable way in line with our corporate values, Wynnstay THRIVE, 
which  is  explained  elsewhere  in  this  report.  We  utilise  the  principles 
set  out  in  the  QCA  to  use  good  corporate  governance  and  build 
trust,  communicating  updates  on  financial  performance  in  a  timely 
and  appropriate  manner.  Directors  will  routinely  engage  with  both 
institutional and private investors and will seek out opinions on unusual 
or potentially controversial matters before applying policy changes. 

Colleagues – where the Group aims to attract, develop and reward 
high quality personnel, and ensure a safe, productive and interesting 
environment  to  work  in,  thus  encouraging  the  highest  levels  of 
customer  service.  The  Group  has  an  active  Colleague  Forum  and  a 
senior  management  “open-door”  policy  to  encourage  open  dialogue 
across  the  business.  Senior  executives  regularly  visit  all  operational 
locations  with  due  regard  to  COVID  safety  and  staff  are  routinely 
updated  on  developments  through  correspondence,  newsletters, 
blogs and meetings.  

Suppliers – the Group has a comprehensive network of reliable and 
supportive suppliers, and seeks to select suppliers who offer sustainable 
partnerships in order to offer better value to our customers. Product 
managers  regularly  engage  with  suppliers,  developing  marketing 
initiatives that align to the commercial objectives of the business.

Communities – where the Group aims to be an active and positive 
participant in the local communities in which it operates. Participation 
in social engagement with various community contacts is encouraged, 
and the Group selects certain charities to support on an annual basis.

34

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
Wynnstay Group PLC - Section 172 Statement continued

KEY BOARD DECISIONS

During the year certain key Board decisions and their implications on relevant stakeholders groups can be categorised as follows:

ISSUE & DECISION

STAKEHOLDER 
GROUPS

OUTCOMES

Continuing  Health  &  Safety  Improvements  –  The  Board’s 
overriding  priority  continues  to  be  the  safety  and  welfare  of 
colleagues,  customers,  suppliers  and  communities.  The  global 
Covid  19  pandemic  created  significant  social  and  economic 
disruption, and as the pandemic waned and restrictions eased in the 
wider economy, the policies in place in the Company were reviewed, 
and many were recognised as having longer term advantages to the 
business and have been adapted for continued use. These include; 
remote working where appropriate and productive, virtual meeting 
scheduling  and  a  continued  policy  of  Covid  positive  isolation. 
Additionally, the Board commissioned an external review of existing 
health  &  safety  policies  across  the  Group  to  ensure  necessary 
revisions were identified and suitably implemented. 

Business activities have adapted well to the longer term sustainable 
working practises, and many colleagues have reacted positively to 
the productivity benefits of reduced commuting and business travel 
requirements. 

All

The  continuing  improvement  process  and  additional  resources 
invested  in  health  &  safety  management  have  produced  tangible 
benefits in terms of the reduction in the number of incidents during 
the year to the benefit of all stakeholders. 

Health & Safety must be embedded in the culture of the organisation, 
and this has undoubtedly been strengthened by the Covid response.

Covid 19 whilst being a devastating occurrence, has undoubtedly focused attention on the critical importance of ensuring procedures and processes are fit for 
purposes and the Group will be in a stronger position to weather future such challenges. Embedding a culture of Health & Safety awareness is a priority for the 
business.

Assessment  and  approval  of  Acquisitions  –  In  accordance 
with  the  well  communicated  acquisition  element  of  the  Group’s 
strategy, the Board approved two acquisitions during the year. Both 
transactions involved considerable negotiation and due diligence and 
concluded  in  accordance  with  anticipated  timeframes.  Humphrey 
Feeds  &  Pullets  completed  in  March  2022  with  integration  well 
underway, while Tamar Milling completed just after the year-end.

Customers

Suppliers

Shareholders

These  transactions  continue  the  Group’s  historically  successful 
track record of identifying, negotiating with, and integrating relevant 
acquisitions.  While  it  is  premature  to  accurately  assess  the  long 
term success of these specific transactions, the early signs are that 
they will both positively contribute to the overall performance of the 
business and be earnings enhancing.

Further acquisitions have strengthened the Group’s presence in the South and South West regions of England, and enhance the Company’s brand and reputation 
in the agricultural and farming sectors of the UK.

Financial approval of, and practical commencement of Phase 
1  expansion  of  Carmarthen  Mill  -  A  significant  element  of  the 
Group’s  plans  to  expand  its  feed  manufacturing  business  has  for 
some  time  been  the  investment  in  doubling  the  capacity  of  the 
mill  in  Carmarthen,  South  Wales.  After  a  considerable  period  of 
planning, preparation and market analysis, the first major phase of 
this investment was signed off for the sum of £1.6m in the summer, 
with work getting underway immediately.

Customers

Colleagues

Suppliers

Shareholders

The  practical  commencement  of  the  first  phase  of  the  project 
has demonstrated the tangible commitment of the business to its 
customers, colleagues and suppliers in the South Wales area, with 
a  noticeable  positive  reaction.  Whilst  the  phase  is  not  expected 
to  be  fully  commissioned  until  May  2023,  the  initial  throughput 
improvements  expected  to  be  seen  will  create  the  added 
commercial  opportunities  to  generate  a  more  than  acceptable 
return for shareholders. 

The investment in modern and efficient manufacturing resources demonstrates the Board’s commitment to this business sector in a highly visible manner with a 
positive sentiment being created for all those involved.

Management  Development  and  Succession  Planning  –  The 
Board support the Chief Executive Officer in regularly reviewing the 
quality of the Group’s executive management resources and depth. 
Following the adoption of the expansion strategy two years ago, the 
need for additional resources were identified within a framework of 
sensible cost control. 

All

During the year, a number of new roles were created and supported 
by  the  Board  to  facilitate  and  support  the  growth  plan,  including 
a Group Engineer and Project Executive. A Group wide Executive 
Management team is now well established to support the CEO and 
provides a wide range of commercial experience into the business. 

The  continued  strengthening  of  the  Group’s  management  team  and  structure  sets  a  sound  platform  in  place  for  the  continued  expansion  and  growth  of  the 
business. 

Further examples of the Group’s engagement with Customers, Suppliers and Colleagues are referenced in the Chairman’s Statement, Chief Executive’s Review and 
Finance Review sections of this Strategic Report.

The Strategic Report on pages 3 to 35 was approved by the Board of Directors on 31 January 2023 and signed on its behalf by Steve Ellwood and Paul Roberts.

35

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022Environmental Strategy

OUR ENVIRONMENT

“Our mission is to help the farmer to feed 
the UK in a more sustainable way”

The Group has been progressing with its main environmental target to reach net zero carbon emissions with our own operations 
(scope 1 + scope 2) by 2040. 

This progress has focused on internal operations across the group with investments in manufacturing efficiencies alongside low 
carbon technology. Further investments in low carbon electricity generation have been agreed for 2023.

Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) 

The Group recognises the significance of climate change and its impact as a business risk. We are on a journey to reduce our impact on the 
environment reducing carbon emissions in our own operations (scope 1 + scope 2) and influences a reduction in the wider supply chain (scope 
3). We recognise that tackling climate change requires a long term approach, so we are supportive of the TCFD’s aims and objectives. With 
this in mind, we anticipate it will take time to map all risks ensuring we develop a rigorous system over the next 12 months to fully integrate the 
recommendations of TCFD within the way we operate and undertake business. As a requirement of an AIM-listed business, Wynnstay will be 
preparing a full TCFD to be reported in our 2023 Annual Report. 

INTERNAL OPERATIONS 

Manufacturing Efficiencies 
As  detailed  in  2021  Annual  Report,  an  investment  program  in  our 
manufacturing feed mill at Carmarthen site is underway. As a result of 
this continued investment to install new plant and equipment, we have 
seen a typical 30% energy reduction in kilowatt (kW) input to tonnes 
output. 

Low Carbon Technology 
We are on-track with our LED lighting roll out plans and have installed 
LED lighting at 90% of our own sites. Our plan is to install LED lighting 
at all our other sites by the end of 2023. The impact of this has resulted 
in over 50% energy saving across the sites.  

have not yet introduced full electric vehicles as there is concern over 
range and charging infrastructure. We have trialled an electric van and 
believe there are areas of the business where this type of vehicle would 
work.  

As we progress with investments in low carbon hybrid-engine vehicles, 
we have installed 24 electric vehicles charging points at 6 of our sites. 

With a large forklift truck (FLT) fleet across our depot and manufacturing 
site  network,  we  have  successfully  trialled  electric  powered  FLT’s  at 
a  high  usage  warehouse  site.  As  a  result  of  these  trials,  we  aim  to 
transition across to electric FLT’s in line with our fleet renewal schedule, 
moving from 30% of the fleet running on electric today towards 100% 
over the next 7-10 years.  

E
S
G
F
r
a
m
e
w
o
r
k

We  currently  have  18  hybrid  engine  vehicles  which  represents  12% 
of  our  company  car  fleet.  With  the  current  vehicles  “on  order”  and 
no increase in company car numbers this figure will rise to 18%. We 

As detailed in last year’s report, we have been utilising various blends of 
biofuels ranging from 7% up to 20%. Generally, these have performed 
well, however we do need to investigate further the impact of weather 
on the performance and how frequently fuel filters need changing. We 

36

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
Environmental Strategy continued

aim to continue with our program of using B20 fuel in the summer and 
a lower blend in the winter. Availability of new heavy goods vehicles 
(HGV’s)  has  restricted  the  opportunity  to  trial  any  further  bio-blend 
levels. Onwards plans for the next 2 years are to reduce the average 
age of the fleet, this will improve fuel usage alongside provide further 
scope for trial work. 

The  Group  has  a  large  electricity  demand;  this  is  predominantly 
utilised at manufacturing sites. As the Group continues to grow and 
decarbonise,  we  are  mindful  that  our  electricity  requirements  will 
increase (carbon emissions moving from Scope 1 to Scope 2). 

We have recently agreed to install 1MWp of solar PV (photovoltaics) 
panels on six of our sites with high electricity usage. We will benefit 
from self-generating a portion of our own electricity, reducing reliance 
on  the  national  grid  infrastructure,  alongside  reducing  our  carbon 
emissions  associated  with  energy  usage.  We  expect  this  initial 
investment to reduce our scope 2 emissions by up to 5% (based on 
current electricity usage). This is the first stage of a multisite investment 
rollout of renewables over the next three to five years.  

EXTERNAL 

As  we  develop  our  Group  sustainability  proposition,  a  key  part 
of  this  focuses  on  our  primary  mission  centred  around  delivering  a 
sustainable farming future. We aim to develop closer relationships with 
our  farming  customer  base  taking  a  Holistic  Whole  Farm  view  with 
any  knowledge  transfer  or  product  recommendations  to  ensure  we 
build profitable, efficient, resilient farm businesses that tackle climate 
change and reverse biodiversity loss. 

Crops and Forage 
Over  the  last  12  months,  Wynnstay  have  invested  in  upskilling  staff 
knowledge with more qualified personnel as FACTS qualified advisors 
(FQA’s). FQA’s promote farming methods that optimise crop nutrition 
alongside protecting soil, water, and air quality.

We  have  been  progressing  with  our  seed  offering,  aligning  mixtures 
to  current  and  future  demands  to  integrate  diversity  into  arable  and 
livestock cropping rotations. We have seen increases of over 50% in 
sales of cover crops this year due to the greater focus on the positive 
impacts cover crops can have as well as reducing inputs. The affinity 
between good farming practice, the surrounding environment and soil 
health whilst focusing on productivity remains at the forefront of many 
conversations.  

37

Health 
As we work towards our mission to deliver a sustainable farming future, 
ensuring  livestock  are  healthy  and  productive  is  essential  in  building 
profitable  and  environmentally  sound  farm  businesses.  Wynnstay 
have  continued  to  invest  in  skill  sets  to  facilitate  this.  During  2022, 
14 Wynnstay specialists qualified through a 2-day training course to 
become  qualified  Cow  Signals  advisors.  This  focuses  on  removing 
bottlenecks  in  health  and  performance  of  livestock  to  increase  the 
productive life of cows. 

Nutrition 
In 2021 we introduced a climate range of livestock feed focused on 
raw materials with a range of soya-free and palm-free rations. In 2022 
this range has been expanded to include a methane reducing additive. 
This reduces methane emissions and increases livestock efficiency. We 
are seeing good growth in this product category with a 30% increase 
in sales over the last 12 months. We envision this climate ranges will 
continue develop as a result of further supply chain requirements from 
processors, retailers, and consumers and the need for farms to reduce 
their environmental impact.

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (SECR) Statement 2021 / 22

We measure and report our energy and carbon data across the whole Group, giving comprehensive data to authenticate the environmental 
impact of the Company. Our SECR statement includes all emission sources required under the 2019 regulations for the financial year ended 
31 October 2022. As this is the third year of reporting, we shall be comparing this year to the previous 2020/21 year, however the benchmark 
2019/20 year is shown in the table.

Wynnstay Group used 12,832 (2021: 12,466) carbon dioxide equivalent tonnes (tCO2e) of energy during the year. 32% (2021: 31%) of energy 
was used in producing compound and blended feeds in our production plants, which saw the addition of Humphreys from April 2022.  A further 
58% (2021: 56%) was used by our fleet of vehicles, this percentage increase being driven by an absolute rise in the litres of Derv used again 
reflecting the addition of the Humphrey business. Both production and transport efficiency are key to our energy savings plans, as we continue 
to seek efficiencies in factory throughput and miles achieved per litre for road fuel respectively.

The carbon intensity ratio we have chosen is the best reflection of our total activity across all our operations based on the total tonnage traded 
of agricultural inputs and grain. Our carbon intensity ratio for the year ended 31st October 2022 was 7.24tCO2e (2021: 7.62tCO2e) per 1,000 
tonnes of agricultural inputs and grain traded. For future periods we shall set reduction targets for our carbon emissions to enable us to begin 
the measurement of energy efficiency along with financial performance.

In order to calculate the carbon emissions, we have used the emission factors from the UK Government’s GHG Conversion Factors for Company 
Reporting 2022. One of the requirements of the SECR regulations is to report our total UK energy use in kilowatt hours (kWh); for this we have 
used the 2022 conversion factors. The Scope 1 and 2 emissions reported are for all operational facilities under our control and for which we have 
direct management responsibility.

Streamline Energy and Carbon Reporting

Carbon emissions (tCO2e)

Scope 1 Emissions

Scope 2 Emissions

Scope 3 Emissions

Total Emissions

E
S
G
F
r
a
m
e
w
o
r
k

Current

2021/22

Previous

Benchmark

2020/21

2019/20

9,682

9,197

9,086

3,127

3,249

3,582

23

20

42

12,832

12,466

12,710

Traded tonnage of agricultural inputs and grain

1,772,821

1,635,788

1,560,895

Carbon intensity ratio (tCO2e/1000t traded)

7.24

7.62

8.14

Total UK energy usage  (kWh)

57,910,122

54,499,274

53,320,243 

38

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
Values

Wynnstay helps livestock and arable farmers to produce 
food in a more sustainable, environmentally friendly and 
profitable way. We provide our customers with quality 
products, specialist advice and an efficient service that is 
industry leading.

THRIVE

39

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022Values

TEAMWORK
Together we are more effective
We  can  be  more  effective  as  a  business  through  collaboration  and  teamwork.  This 
means  communicating  our  goals  well  and  listening  to  the  ideas  and  concerns  of  all 
members of the team.

HONESTY, COMMITMENT & QUALITY
We aim high 
By aiming high, we will succeed in creating a stronger, better business. It applies in all 
sorts of ways, including the quality of our products, the service we offer, the efficiency 
of  our  processes,  and  in  the  advice  we  provide.  Ultimately,  if  we  are  a  step  ahead, 
customers will be assured of quality products, expert advice and good value.

RESPECT
Respect and fairness are essential
We  believe  that  relationships  flourish  where  there  is  mutual  respect,  and  that  people 
should be treated fairly and equitably. This is most relevant in the work place but it also 
cuts  across  all  professional  relationships,  including  with  partners,  suppliers  and 
customers.

E
S
G
F
r
a
m
e
w
o
r
k

INNOVATION
Innovation is the future

Farming is changing and we want to provide farmers with access to the innovation that 
is  driving  sustainable  and  more  effective  farming  practices.  To  that  end  we  are 
constantly looking across the market for new products and approaches that will allow 
us to provide farmers with the tools they need to maximise their potential. We apply the 
same spirit to our business to ensure continuing development and improvement.

VALUE CREATION 
A better tomorrow
Our objective is to generate value for shareholders and for society, as well as for our 
customers and people. We endeavour to run the business in such a way that we offer 
participation  in  a  business  model  with  an  attractive  long-term  financial  profile,  which 
also contributes to society.

ENVIRONMENTAL SUSTAINABILITY
A more sustainable world

We  consider  our  environmental  impact  when  making  business  decisions.  We  are 
dedicated to making our supply chain more sustainable, and are working hard towards 
contributing to a more sustainable world.

40

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
Social

EMPLOYEE ENGAGEMENT
Our  Colleague  Forum  is  a  group  of  21  individuals  from  across  the 
business who meet to operate as a mechanism to seek input into the 
Group’s  strategic  decision-making  process,  encourage  involvement 
in  business  performance  and  increase  awareness  of  the  financial 
and  economic  factors  affecting  the  Group.  The  forum  met  twice 
during  the  year,  with  each  meeting  also  including  a  presentation 
from a key business representative to provide insight to their specific 
responsibilities and business offering to the Group. 

Our  Colleague  Ideas  Hub  is  a  route  for  individuals  from  across  the 
Group to submit ideas and suggestions of ways in which to improve all 
aspects of our business. Individuals are recognised for their own ideas 
and rewarded for suggestions which are progressed and implemented. 
We  were  pleased  to  have  received  9  suggestions  which  have  been 
considered by Senior Management during the year. 

Our  Wynnstay  Connect  platform  engages  colleagues  with  company 
strategy,  initiatives,  and  developments,  along  with  enabling  efficient 
interactive  communications  across  the  Group.  The  platform  also 
provides  easy  access  links  to  career  and  development  and  benefits 
hubs, including pension and Save as You Earn Share scheme portals, 
which  promote  heightened  engagement  with  and  management  of 
individual’s personal long-term savings plans and needs. 

PEOPLE  MANAGEMENT  AND  DEVELOPMENT 
FRAMEWORK
Our  People  Management  and  Development  Framework  works 
to  preserve  our  1st  Choice  Employer  brand  while  providing  a  set 
of  principles  and  guiding  policies  and  processes  to  support  the 
management  and  progression  of  colleagues  across  the  Group.  The 
core  focus  of  the  framework  is  to  support  the  attraction,  retention 
and  development  of  our  people,  providing  management  teams  the 
comprehensive  tools  they  need  for  the  career  management  and 
development of individuals and their teams.

41

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT
Our  business  is  built  on  the  foundation  of  offering  customers  the 
highest  standards  of  customer  service  and  specialist  advice.  A  key 
part  of  delivering  this  service  is  the  training  and  development  of  our 
people,  which  not  only  ensures  a  high  service  level,  but  also  offers 
career progression for our colleagues. 
We  offer  a  range  of  training  courses  and  professional  qualifications 
across our business which includes: 

•  Management and Leadership- 20Twenty Business Growth 

•  Sales and Personal Development- Wynnstay Sales Academy

•  Specialist  Expertise-  BASIS  (Pesticides  and  Fertiliser),  FACTS 
(Fertiliser),  AMTRA  (Animal  Health),  Wynnsan  Training  Academy 
(Dairy hygiene), Cow Signals (Livestock health and welfare) 

•  People  Management  and  Development-  Chartered  Institute  of 

Professional Development  

•  Marketing Management- Chartered Institute of Marketing 

•  Finance- Chartered Institute of Management Accountants 

•  Health and Safety- Institution of Occupational Safety and Health

DIVERSITY AND EQUAL OPPORTUNITIES
Wynnstay  is  proud  to  be  an  inclusive  equal  opportunities  employer 
within its geographical communities and promotes diversity at all levels 
of  the  business.  Wynnstay  aims  to  provide  a  working  environment 
that respects the rights of each individual and where colleagues treat 
each  other  with  respect.  Any  behaviour  that  undermines  this  aim  is 
unacceptable.

Social continued

INDUSTRY INITIATIVES
During the year we supported a number of industry initiatives including our sponsorship of the NFU Cymru Wynnstay Sustainable Agriculture 
Award, Harper Adams University Beef Award, NFU Cymru Poultry Conference, YFC Wales and the Nuffield Farming Scholarships Trust. We 
also actively support industry campaigns such as Farm24, Back British Farming Day and Farm Safety Week. Our involvement in these initiatives 
supports the agricultural industry, in particular the next generation, which is an important tool for us to engage with future customers and potential 
colleagues.

Some of the industry initiatives and campaigns we have supported

NFU Cymru Wynnstay Sustainable Agriculture Award

Harper Adams University Beef Award

NFU Cymru Poultry Conference

YFC Wales

Nuffield Farming Scholarships Trust

Farm24

Back British Farming Day

43

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022Social continued

COMMUNITIES
Making a positive difference to the communities in which we operate 
is important to the Group. Over the course of the year, we supported 
over 230 individual events or causes in the communities in which we 
operate,  this  includes  local  agricultural  shows,  charitable  initiatives, 
community  groups  and  educational  settings.    We  directly  donated 
£4,355 to charitable causes during the year and £24,417 to initiatives 
within the agricultural community and within the local communities.

CUSTOMER ENGAGEMENT
During  the  year  we  hosted  our  own  specialist  events,  namely  The 
Arable Event and The Wynnstay Sheep & Beef Event, where we invited 
our  customers  to  browse  tradestands,  view  demonstrations  and 
listen to keynote speakers from the agricultural industry. Our flagship 
events  alongside  various  other  localised  store  open  days,  webinars 
and workshops provide the opportunity to regularly engage with our 
customers.

HEALTH, SAFETY & WELFARE
The health and safety of our colleagues and customers continues to be 
our paramount priority. During the year there were five RIDDORS which 
compared to four in the previous year. We ensure high levels of health 
and safety compliance and awareness through:

Health and Safety Bulletins for colleagues

•  Programme of site audits 

•  Dedicated Health and Safety Group for the business

•  Continuous review of role design, working practices including 
opportunities for remote working for eligible roles, policies and 
risk assessments

•  Culture of continuous improvement 

•  Independent  professional  occupational  health  and  welfare 
support  options  including  mental  health  and  financial  advice 
for colleagues and their families

E
S
G
F
r
a
m
e
w
o
r
k

44

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
Corporate Governance Statement

For the year ended 31 October 2022

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present our Corporate Governance Statement for the year ending 31 October 2022.
The  Board  continues  to  place  the  highest  priority  on  delivering  long-term  shareholder  value,  and  critical  to  this  is  maintaining  a  governance 
strategy appropriate to the activities and scale of our business. In accordance with AIM Rule 26, the Board have confirmed that they will apply the 
QCA Corporate Governance Code for Small and Mid-size Quoted Companies, published in April 2018 (“the Code”) to the Group. I am pleased 
to report that the Board believe the Group have remained in compliance with the principles of the Code throughout the year, and this report 
describes how this was achieved.  Where relevant information is contained elsewhere in this document, references are given.

The Code contains ten principles which are:

DELIVER GROWTH

Principle 1

Establish a strategy and business model which promote long-term value for shareholders

Principle 2

Seek to understand and meet shareholder needs and expectations

Principle 3

Take into account wider stakeholder and social responsibilities and their implications for long-term success

Principle 4

Embed effective risk management, considering both opportunities and threats, throughout the organisation

MAINTAIN A DYNAMIC MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK

Principle 5

Maintain the board as a well-functioning, balanced team led by the chair

Principle 6

Ensure that between them the directors have the necessary up-to-date experience, skills and capabilities

Principle 7

Evaluate board performance based on clear and relevant objectives, seeking continuous improvement

Principle 8

Promote a corporate culture that is based on ethical values and behaviours

Principle 9

Maintain governance structures and processes that are ft for purpose and support good decision-making by the board

BUILD TRUST

Principle 10

Communicate how the company is governed and is performing by maintaining a dialogue with shareholders and 
other relevant stakeholders

DELIVER GROWTH
Principle 1: Long term value creation is at the heart of our business; our goal is to help the farmer to feed the country in a more sustainable way. 
This year has continued to be bring operational challenges as a result of the covid-19 global pandemic, but the resilience of the Group’ balanced 
business model continued to be reflected in improved financial results. An overview of the Group’s business model is provided on page 5-6 and 
the developments in the business are explained in the Chief Executive Review on page 19-24. The Board’s major decisions during the year are 
highlighted within our S172 statement on page 34-35.

Principle 2: The Board appreciates that the diverse shareholder base of the Group may have differing objectives for their investment in the 
business, and therefore the importance of ensuring that non-executive directors (“NED”) in particular, have an up to date understanding of these 
perspectives is well recognised. 

Directors  will  therefore  proactively  engage  with  both  institutional  and  private  investors  and  will  seek  out  opinions  on  unusual  or  potentially 
controversial matters before adopting policy changes or tabling shareholder resolutions. The Board will always review written feedback reports 
from investors following financial results “roadshows” and will also always consider information received from institutional voter advisory firms. 
Philip Kirkham is the nominated independent NED who makes himself available to shareholders who may require independent Board contact.   

Details on how the Board have taken the views of all stakeholders into consideration when making significant decisions in the year are contained 
within the S172 statement on page 34-35.  

Principle 3: We create value by operating in a sustainable way, to help livestock and arable farmers grow food that is profitable, sustainable and 
environmentally friendly. The Directors recognise the importance of managing the business in a responsible, fair and ethical manner, and strive 
to engender such values in every aspect of the Group’s operations. More detail on how the Group engages with sustainable farming practices 
is contained in the Strategic Report. During the year, the Group’s Environmental and Sustainability Manager launched a number of important 
initiatives including a renewable energy investment strategy and the establishment of a Sustainable Farming Advisory (“SFA”) team. Customer 
feedback is sought via both sales colleagues and senior management, and also by market research where appropriate. We regularly review 
customer sales related metrics using our CRM tool.

Continually improving communication between directors and colleagues is important and a number of mechanisms are used across the Group 
including, results Roadshows led by the Executive Team, newsletters, Colleague Forums, Health & Safety Committees, and opportunities for all 
Colleagues to put questions directly to the Chief Executive, who operates an “open door” policy.

Principle 4: The Board’s risk appetite is explained within the Principal Risk and Uncertainties on page 31-33, which also includes an analysis 
of  significant  risks  and  mitigations.  The  Board  retains  ultimate  responsibility  for  determining  our  risk  appetite  and  overseeing  management 
strategies, with the support of the Audit Committee which discusses internal controls and risk management. The Committee would then make 
any appropriate control improvement recommendations to the Board for implementation. The Group does not currently have a formal internal 
audit function and at present the Board believes that existing management resource is sufficient to adequately control the Group in its current 
size, however this matter continues to be actively reviewed. 

45

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022Corporate Governance Statement continued

The key procedures within the control structure include: 

• A comprehensive risk register is maintained and regularly reviewed by the Board, 

• Managers at all levels in the Group have clear lines of reporting responsibility within a clearly defined organisational structure; 

• Comprehensive financial reporting procedures exist, with budgets covering profits, cash flows and capital expenditure being prepared and 
adopted by the Board annually. Actual results are reported monthly to the Board and results compared with budgets and last year’s actual. 
Revised forecasts are prepared as appropriate; and 

• There is a structured process for appraising and authorising capital projects with clearly defined authorisation levels.

MAINTAIN A DYNAMIC MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK

Principle 5: The Board composition is shown below. Continuity is an important element in the effective functionality of the Board, but equally 
succession  planning  is  critical  to  the  business  to  ensure  smooth  transition  of  Board  composition  changes  to  uphold  the  independence 
requirements of the Code. I was appointed Chairman in 2021 having had five years experience with the business, and following a comprehensive 
search  process  Catherine  Bradshaw  was  appointed  as  a  non-executive  later  that  year.  We  are  now  planning  the  next  phase  of  our  Board 
evolution and hope to be in a position to announce changes in 2023 ensuring a good balance of experience and fresh thinking is maintained. 
The roles of Chairman and Chief Executive on the Board are separate, and the Chairman is elected by the whole Board on an annual basis. All 
Directors retire by rotation on a two or three year cycle, and where eligible are able to offer themselves for re-election at the appropriate AGM. 
All Board members are able to take independent professional advice on matters associated with the Company at the Company’s expense. I 
am happy to confirm that all the non-executive directors are considered to be suitably independent and the Board is satisfied that it has an 
appropriate mix of capabilities, skills and personal qualities and is not dominated by one person or group of people.

E
S
G
F
r
a
m
e
w
o
r
k

Details of membership and key 
skills are on pages 53-54

B o a r d Leadership

Chairman
Independent
NED

The Board is 
The Board is 
an effective, 
an effective, 
balanced 
balanced team, 
team, led by 
led by the Chair
the Chair

Independent
NED

Independent
NED

Finance
Director

ent Stakehold e r
agement

g
n
E

d
n
e
p
e
d
n
I

Senior
Independent
NED

O
p

e

r

a

t

i

n

g

Chief
Executive

P

e

r
f

o

r

m

a

n

c

e

C

o

m

pany Secretary facilitate s   g o o d   g

n c e

a

e r n

v

o

a) Remuneration
    Committee

b) Audit & Risk
    Committee

c) Nominations
 Committee

46

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
 
Corporate Governance Statement continued

A formal schedule of matters requiring Board approval is maintained and regularly reviewed and covers items such as Group strategy, approval 
of budgets and financial results, dividend policy, major capital expenditure, corporate governance and Board appointments and comprehensive 
briefing papers are circulated prior to each meeting. The Board usually meets once per month with additional meetings when necessary, and 
details  of  additional  Board  Committee  meetings  are  described  under  Principle  9  below.  The  Board  and  its  sub-committees  are  supported 
by  external  advisors  as  required,  who  will  also  offer  guidance  in  ensuring  Directors  maintain  an  adequate  skill  set  to  satisfactorily  carry  out 
their duties. All Board members are able to call on the Company Secretary to arrange any required training, briefings or practical experiences 
necessary to improve their understanding of the business and its operating environment and their obligations as directors. During the year, our 
Company Secretary, Claire Williams, has been absent from work while she recuperates from a serious car accident, with the role being covered 
by Paul Roberts in an “acting” capacity. A table of meetings and attendances during the financial year is given below:

Board
Main

Board
Additional

Audit Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Nominations
Committee

Number of Meetings

Steve Ellwood
Philip Kirkham
Howell Richards
Catherine Bradshaw

Gareth Davies
Paul Roberts

12

12
12
12
12

12
11

7

7
5
5
6

7
7

3

n/a
3
1
3

n/a
n/a

3

n/a
3
2
3

n/a
n/a

2

2
2
n/a
n/a

2
n/a

Principle 6: Biographical details of the Directors and their skills are included on pages 53-54. The executive directors all have considerable experience 
in the agricultural supply industry and have spent much of their careers with the Group, providing a significant degree of management continuity. The 
non-executives bring a range of business and commercial expertise to the Board, including direct agriculture and specialist merchanting experience. 
Catherine Bradshaw is Audit Committee Chair and has considerable and relevant financial oversight and reporting experience in her executive role 
as Director of Group Reporting and Control at Cranswick plc. The Board is satisfied that it has an appropriate balance of sector, financial and public 
markets skills and experience and is not dominated by any one person or group of people

Principle 7: As Chairman I am responsible for the periodic performance reviews of the Board, its sub-committees and non-executive directors. 
Stakeholder  feedback  is  sought  and  acted  upon  where  necessary  and  myself  and  our  Senior  Non-Executive,  Philip  Kirkham,  routinely  make 
ourselves available to meet shareholders. An appraisal of the performance of the Board and each Executive Director has been undertaken at the 
year-end in the form of individual interviews with each Director conducted by the Chairman. The process reviewed elements in five broad categories 
which were :

-Clarity of Company roles and responsibilities.

-Accountability and transparency.

-Personal skills, strengths and teamwork abilities.

-Stakeholder engagement.

-Board structure and processes.

The  assessed  conclusions  of  the  review  were  of  adequate  results  in  each  category  with  the  improvements  noted  in  the  previous  year  being 
maintained. During these discussions, any concerns over technical knowledge or sector understanding necessary to fulfil their role as a director of 
the Company were considered with additional support arranged as necessary. Continuing professional development support was provided to the 
Board during the year by specialist presentations from expert agricultural sector consultants.    

The Board approves annual objectives for the Executive Directors and measures performance against these objectives when deciding whether to 
award a performance related bonuses, details of which are reported in the Director’s Remuneration Report.

47

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Corporate Governance Statement continued

BUILD TRUST

Principle 10: Details of the Group’s financial performance and position 
are  provided  throughout  the  annual  report,  and  details  on  how  key 
judgements  made  during  the  year  and  their  impact  on  stakeholders 
are  explained  on  page  35.  The  Board  are  pleased  with  the  financial 
performance of the Group during the year, which has presented many 
financial  and  commercial  challenges.  The  performance  demonstrates 
the  resilience  of  our  focused  “farmer  first”  balanced  business  model 
upon  which  the  Group’s  long-term  strategy  is  built.  The  directors 
are  confident  and  have  a  reasonable  expectation  that  the  Group  has 
adequate resources to continue trading for the foreseeable future and 
continue  to  adopt  the  going  concern  basis  in  the  preparation  of  the 
Financial  Statements.  These  results  will  be  communicated  through  all 
the  usual  channels  and  the  arrangements  for  maintaining  a  dialogue 
with shareholders and other relevant stakeholders are described under 
Principles  2  and  3.  A  Directors  Remuneration  report  is  contained  on 
pages  59-64,  and  as  we  seek  to  continuously  improve  the  level  of 
information  disclosure,  a  separate  Audit  Committee  report  has  been 
prepared  this  year  on  page  49-51.  In  our  Directors’  Report  last  year 
we noted that the Board had decided that it was appropriate to carry 
out  a  competitive  tender  for  the  Group’s  audit  which  resulted  in  the 
appointment of RSM UK Audit LLP, and the Board consider that such a 
periodic rotation of auditors is a matter of confidence for stakeholders 
in the business.

Steve Ellwood 
Chairman 
31 January 2023

E
S
G
F
r
a
m
e
w
o
r
k

Principle  8:  The  Group  promotes  its  Wynnstay  THRIVE  corporate 
values  culture  which  is  described  on  page  39-40.  Wynnstay  THRIVE 
involves  collaboration  throughout  the  companies  within  our  Group 
structure and colleagues at all levels. The Board supports THRIVE as 
it facilitates our corporate culture which is based on ethical values and 
behaviours. The Group also has a number of policies and procedures 
designed  to  safeguard  our  ethical  values,  including  Whistleblowing, 
Equal Opportunities, Training and continuing professional development 
and, where possible, colleague internal promotions. The Board receives 
regular  feedback  on  these  concepts  through  the  Colleagues  Forum, 
Annual Employee Roadshows and other senior executive interaction with 
the wider Company. The Board have appointed an Environmental and 
Sustainability Manager to lead the implementation of our environmental 
strategy and further details of initiatives from this plan is provided in our 
ESG Framework report on page 36-44.

Principle 9: The Board is supported by Shore Capital and Corporate 
Limited who act as Nominated Advisor and are consulted on matters 
when appropriate so that the Board can take their advice into account 
on  relevant  decision  making  requirements.  Close  relationships  are 
maintained with the Group’s corporate law advisors, DWF Law LLP.

The Board is responsible for the development and oversight of strategy, 
with implementation of that strategy and day to day management of the 
business delegated to the Executive Directors and Senior Management 
team.  Each  trading  entity  has  its  own  divisional  executive  board,  on 
which the two Executive Directors sit, and this structure ensures timely 
and effective decision making is made and implemented and that there 
is  a  direct  link  back  to  the  Group  Board.  Senior  Management  from 
across  the  Group  are  routinely  invited  to  attend  Board  meetings  for 
relevant discussions.

The  Board  is  supported  by  three  sub-committees,  membership  of 
which is shown on pages 53-54.

• Audit and Risk
The  committee  meets  to  provide  oversight  of  the  financial  reporting 
process,  the  external  audit  process  including  maintaining  auditor 
objectivity  and  independence  in  relation  to  non-audit  services,  the 
Group’s  system  of  internal  controls,  compliance  with  laws  and 
regulations and risk management. 

• Remuneration
The  committee  meets  to  consider  remuneration  policy  for  executive 
directors and senior managers and the supervision of employee benefit 
structures throughout the Group. 

• Nominations
Meets as required to consider senior appointments. 
The  Board  is  satisfied  that  the  Group’s  governance  structures  and 
processes  are  appropriate  to  its  size,  complexity  and  appetite  and 
tolerance to risk and keeps these structures under review as the Group 
develops  over  time.  The  Board  regularly  monitors  developments  to 
Corporate  Governance  regulations  and  processes  and  will  regularly 

review the continuing suitability of the QCA code.

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 48

 
Audit Committee Report

I am pleased to present the Audit Committee report for the year ended 31 October 2022, on behalf of the Board. 

The Audit Committee provides effective oversight and governance over the financial integrity of the Group’s financial reporting to ensure that the 
interests of the Company’s shareholders are protected at all times. It assesses the quality of the external audit processes and ensures that the 
risks which our businesses face are being effectively managed. 

A significant area of focus of the Committee this year has been on the Group’s internal control environment. Progress has been made this year 
in strengthening the control environment and culture of the Group but improvements still need to continue and this will be a key focus in 2023. 
In particular, the Committee during 2022 has worked to ensure that:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Controls in areas of particular weakness have been significantly strengthened. 

Harmonisation of hedge accounting adoption where applicable and relevant within the Group.

Robust process is in place around acquisition purchase price allocations and intangible valuation approaches.

Investment in talent was made within the business to enable adequate focus to be placed on processes and controls. 

The approach to audit planning has been revised and audits are getting aligned to risks identified on the Group risk register. 

A tracking tool and reviews have been introduced to ensure that actions to address control weaknesses are completed. 

Priorities  for  the  Committee  in  2023  will  initially  focus  on  system  improvements.  Priorities  will  also  include  further  standardisation  of  financial 
reporting  system  processes  of  the  business,  the  provision  of  improved  guidance  around  the  reporting  of  accounting  judgements  and  the 
extension of controls improvement into smaller operating units.

Although going concern is a matter for the whole Board (see page 29), a review is made by the Audit Committee of the Group’s headroom under 
its covenants and undrawn facilities in relation to the Group’s financial forecasts and sensitivity analyses.

Following the appointment of RSM UK Audit LLP as external auditor in July 2021 the Committee reported to the Board that they were satisfied 
with the initial work and recommended their reappointment for the year under review in this annual report.

Purpose and aim
The purpose of the Committee is to make recommendations on the reporting, control, risk management and compliance aspects of the Directors’ 
and Group’s responsibilities, providing independent monitoring, guidance and challenge to executive management in these areas.

Through this process the Committee’s aim is to ensure high standards of corporate and regulatory reporting, an appropriate control environment, 
a robust risk management framework and effective compliance monitoring. The Committee believes that excellence in these areas enhances the 
effectiveness and reduces the risks of the business.

Key responsibilities

•  The accounting principles, practices and policies applied in and the integrity of the Group’s Financial Statements.

•  The adequacy and effectiveness of the internal control environment.

•  The effectiveness of whistleblowing procedures.

•  The effectiveness of the Group’s finance function.

•  The appointment, independence, effectiveness and remuneration of the Group’s external auditor, including the policy on non-audit services.

•  The supervision of any tender process for the Group’s external auditor.

•  External financial reporting and associated announcements.

•  The Group’s risk management processes and performance.

.
Audit Committee membership
As at 31 October 2022, the Committee comprised of:

Chair of the Committee

Members

Non-Executive Director

Ms C Bradshaw

Mr P.M. Kirkham
Mr H.J. Richards

     <
     <

The Board considers that each member of the Committee was throughout the year, and remains, independent within the terms of the QCA 
Corporate  Governance  Code  for  Small  and  Mid-size  companies  (“the  Code”).  The  knowledge  and  experience  of  the  Committee  members’ 
means that the Committee as a whole is competent in the sector in which the Company operates. The Company Secretary also attends each 
Committee meeting and when appropriate the Finance Director is invited to attend the Committee’s meetings.

Audit Committee structure
The Committee operates under terms of reference which are reviewed annually by the Committee and changes are recommended to the Board 
for approval.

The Committee has in its terms of reference the power to engage outside advisors and to obtain its own independent external advice at the 
Company’s expense, should it be deemed necessary. 

The Chairman of the Committee reports to the subsequent meeting of the Board on the key issues covered by the Committee, identifying any 
matters on which it considers that action or improvement is needed and makes recommendations on the steps to be taken.

49

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022Audit Committee Report continued

Meetings
The Committee meets regularly throughout the year, and  four meetings relevant to the year under review were held along with the audit close 
meeting in early 2023. Its agenda is linked to events in the Company’s financial calendar.
The Committee addressed the following key agenda items during its four meetings in the financial period:

24-Sep-21

● 

● 

● 

Review of 2021 acquisition 
and intangibles recognised

Review of the 2021 
external auditor’s year end 
audit plan

Group internal controls 
review

● 

Internal controls update

20-Jan-22
Review of 2021 going 
concern basis of 
accounting and viability 
statement

2021 Goodwill and 
intangible assets 
impairment review

2021 Review of Audit 
Committee report

Update on risk 
management

Review of 2021 audit 
process and results

Review of the 2021 
external auditor report

Review of the 2021 Annual 
Report and preliminary 
results announcement

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

12-Jul-22

16-Sep-22

● 

● 

● 

● 

Review Audit Committee 
report

Review of Finance Change 
management

Risk management and 
internal  control review

Review of 2022 interim 
results and preliminary 
results announcement

● 

● 

● 

Review of in year 
acquisition and intangibles 
recognised

Review of the external 
auditor’s year end audit 
plan

Group internal controls 
review

●  Risk register update

All members of the Committee attended all meetings with the exception of Mr H.J. Richards for the July 2022 and September 2022 meetings. 
The Committee Chair regularly invites senior company executives to attend meetings of the Committee to discuss or present specific items and 
the Finance Director, Mr B.P. Roberts, attended all four of the meetings. The external auditor also attended two meetings of the Committee and 
has direct access to the Committee Chair. The Committee also meets with the external auditor without the Executive Directors being present. The 
Committee Chairman also meets with the external auditor in advance of Committee meetings. During the year, the Committee held no additional 
unscheduled meetings.

Financial reporting and significant accounting matters 
The Committee considered the following financial reporting and key accounting issues with regard to the 2022 Financial Statements:

Carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets*
The carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets is systematically reviewed prior to year end. A consistent methodology is applied to the 
individual cash generating units, taking account of market outlook, risk-adjusted discounted future cash flows, sensitivities, and other factors 
which may have a bearing on impairment considerations. Specific focus has been given to Humphreys as a recent acquisition involving purchase 
price allocation. The Committee considered the appropriateness of the assumptions including discount and growth rates.
*  Items marked as such are areas where judgement is involved in arriving at the  accounting conclusion.

Fair Value of Investment Property*
During the year the group instructed independent RICS qualified surveyors to assess the market value of the property resulting in a fair value 
loss impairment based on an assessment that the likely market rent on any lease renewals would be lower than the current passing rent. The 
Committee considered and accepted the conclusion that a charge should be taken to reduce the carrying value of the investment property.

Derivatives 
Hedge accounting rules were reviewed to establish if it could be applied to other operating companies within the Group where derivatives are 
used, including, taking due consideration of the commercial dynamics of the operations. The Committee concluded it was not possible to apply 
hedge accounting rules to companies other than Glasson Grain Limited, where cash flow hedges are used. 

Control improvements
Regular reports on internal control issues are presented to and discussed at the Audit Committee and a follow up process in place to assess 
improvement recommendations. Ongoing progress on the internal control process has continued during the year. The Group’s external auditor 
communicated, as part of their audit of the Financial Statements several improvement points. The Board, in reviewing key control observations, 
can confirm that actions are being undertaken to remedy the weaknesses identified.  This programme is aimed at reinforcing balance sheet 
ownership and control to ensure the completeness and accuracy of reconciliations. During 2023, further work will be undertaken to implement 
better system controls and processes in this area, establish enhanced levels of review and provide additional training where required. These 
changes will be supported by the senior finance team to ensure improved awareness and greater accountability. 

Going concern and longer-term viability
The Committee reviewed the Group’s cash flow, net debt and leverage forecasts and note that there is sufficient headroom projected against 
the Group’s financial covenants throughout the viability period (ie 3 years). The assessment has placed additional focus on the covenant test 
points (with particular reference to the working capital seasonality of the business which would ordinarily see leverage rise in second quarter. The 
Committee has also reviewed the Group’s potential mitigating actions to reduce leverage in the short term and consider these to be achievable 
and commercially viable. The Committee is satisfied that the assumptions taken are appropriate. 

50

E
S
G
F
r
a
m
e
w
o
r
k

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair, balanced and understandable
The Committee has reviewed the contents of this year’s Annual Report 
and Accounts and advised the Board that, in its view, the Annual Report 
and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable 
and  provides  the  necessary  information  to  enable  shareholders  to 
assess  the  position  and  performance,  strategy  and  business  model 
of the Company.

In  reaching  this  conclusion  the  Committee  has  considered  the 
following:

• 

• 

• 

• 

The preparation of the Annual Report is a collaborative process 
between  Finance,,  Human  Resources  and  Communications 
functions within Wynnstay, ensuring the appropriate professional 
input  to  each  section.  External  guidance  and  advice  is  sought 
where appropriate.

The  coordination  and  project  management  is  undertaken  by  a 
central  team  to  ensure  consistency  and  completeness  of  the 
document.

An  extensive  review  process  is  undertaken,  both  internally  and 
through the use of external advisors.

A final draft is reviewed by the Audit Committee members prior to 
consideration by the Board.

On behalf of the Board
Catherine Bradshaw
Chair of the Audit Committee
31 January 2023

Audit Committee Report continued

Corporate culture
The  Committee  considered  measures  undertaken  to  transform 
the  culture  of  the  business  in  the  year.  The  Committee  noted  two 
changes in particular: firstly, significant strengthening of the technical 
leadership team; and secondly, through careful management, greater 
standardisation and embracing better ways of working. The Committee 
is reassured by the positive changes that have been made to date but 
is also mindful that transformational change will inevitably take time to 
embed.

Oversight of external auditor
The  Board  is  aware  of  the  need  to  maintain  an  appropriate  degree 
of  independence  and  objectivity  on  the  part  of  the  Group’s  external 
auditor. The external auditor reports to the Committee on the actions 
taken  to  comply  with  both  professional  and  regulatory  requirements 
and with best practice designed to ensure its independence. 

The  Group  has  an  agreed  policy  regarding  the  provision  of  audit 
and  non-audit  services  by  the  external  auditor,  which  was  operated 
throughout  the  period.  The  policy  is  based  on  the  principles  that 
they  should  undertake  non-audit  services  only  where  they  are  the 
most  appropriate  and  cost-effective  provider  of  the  service  and 
where  the  provision  of  non-audit  services  does  not  impair,  or  is 
not  perceived  to  impair,  the  external  auditor’s  independence  and 
objectivity. It categorises such services as auditor-permitted services, 
auditor-excluded  services  and  auditor-authorised  services.  The  fees 
permissible for non-audit services should not exceed the average audit 
fees paid to the Group’s external auditor in the last two consecutive 
financial years. The policy, which was reviewed at the September 2022 
meeting defines the types of services falling under each category and 
sets out the criteria to be met and the internal approvals required prior 
to the commencement of any auditor-authorised services. In all cases, 
any  instruction  must  be  pre-approved  by  the  Finance  Director  and 
the  Audit  Committee  before  the  external  auditors  are  engaged.  The 
external auditor cannot be engaged to perform any assignment where 
the output is then subject to their review as external auditor. 

The  Committee  regularly  reviews  an  analysis  of  all  services  provided 
by the external auditor. The policy and the external auditor’s fees are 
reviewed and set annually by the Committee and are approved by the 
Board.

The  total  fees  payable  by  the  Group  to  its  external  auditor  for  non-
audit services in the period were £nil. The total fees payable to them 
for audit services in respect of the same period were £175,000 (2021: 
£119,000). 

A full breakdown of external auditor fees are disclosed in Note 6 to the 
Financial Statements on page 81. 

The external auditor reports to the Committee each year on the actions 
taken  to  comply  with  professional  and  regulatory  requirements  and 
best  practice  designed  to  ensure  its  independence,  including  the 
rotation  of  key  members  of  the  external  audit  team.  RSM  UK  Audit 
LLP has formally confirmed its independence to the Board in respect 
of the period covered by these Financial Statements. 

51

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 
Directors’ Responsibility Statement in respect of the Annual Report and 
Accounts,  Strategic  Report  and  Directors’  Report  and  the  Financial 
Statements

The  directors  are  responsible  for  keeping  adequate  accounting 
records  that  are  sufficient  to  show  and  explain  the  group’s  and  the 
company’s  transactions  and  disclose  with  reasonable  accuracy  at 
any  time  the  financial  position  of  the  group  and  the  company  and 
enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006.  They are also responsible 
for safeguarding the assets of the group and the company and hence 
for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud 
and other irregularities.

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the 
corporate and financial information included on the Wynnstay Group 
Plc website.

Legislation  in  the  United  Kingdom  governing  the  preparation  and 
dissemination  of  financial  statements  may  differ  from  legislation  in 
other jurisdictions.

On behalf of the Board

Paul Roberts 
Acting Company Secretary
31 January 2023

E
S
G
F
r
a
m
e
w
o
r
k

The  Directors  are  responsible  for  preparing  the  Annual  Report  and 
Accounts,  Strategic  Report  and  Directors’  Report  and  the  financial 
statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company  law  requires  the  directors  to  prepare  group  and  company 
financial  statements  for  each  financial  year.    The  directors  have 
elected under company law and are required by the AIM Rules of the 
London Stock Exchange to prepare the group financial statements in 
accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards and 
have  elected  under  company  law  to  prepare  the  company  financial 
statements in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting 
Standards and applicable law.

The  group  and  company  financial  statements  are  required  by  law 
and UK-adopted International Accounting Standards to present fairly 
the financial position of the group and the company and the financial 
performance  of  the  group.    The  Companies  Act  2006  provides  in 
relation  to  such  financial  statements  that  references  in  the  relevant 
part of that Act to financial statements giving a true and fair view are 
references to their achieving a fair presentation.

Under  company  law  the  directors  must  not  approve  the  financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view 
of the state of affairs of the group and the company and of the profit or 
loss of the group for that period.

In preparing each of the group and company financial statements, the 
directors are required to:

a. select  suitable  accounting  policies  and 

then  apply 

them 

consistently;

b. make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable 

and prudent;

c. state whether they have been prepared in accordance with UK-

adopted International Accounting Standards;

d. prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless 
it is inappropriate to presume that the group and the company will 
continue in business.

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 52

 
 
Board of Directors and Company Secretary

Philip Michael Kirkham
Vice-Chairman / Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director

Philip joined the Board in April 2013.  He 
runs a mixed farming business in the West 
Midlands  and  has  significant  experience 
in  the  UK  livestock  sector.  He  is  also 
Non-Executive  Chairman  of  Meadow 
Quality  Limited,  a  multi-species  livestock 
marketing  business,  and  was  previously 
Non-Executive Chairman of NMR Plc.

Catherine Bradshaw
Independent Non-Executive Director

Stephen Ellwood
Chairman

Gareth Wynn Davies
Chief Executive Officer

Catherine  joined  the  Board  in  July  2021. 
As  a  qualified  chartered  accountant, 
Catherine  brings  a  wealth  of  experience 
in  financial  control  from  previous  roles 
at  Northern  Foods  Plc,  Morrisons  Plc, 
Greencore  Plc,  and  currently  as  Director 
of  Reporting  and  Controls  at  Cranswick 
Plc.

Steve  joined  the  Board  in  April  2016.  He 
has a wealth of experience within the UK 
agriculture  and  agri-food  sectors  after 
spending 10 years as Head of Agriculture 
at  HSBC,  following  on  as  Head  of  Food 
and Agriculture at Smith & Williamson for 
four years. Steve is Chairman of AH Worth 
and  Company  and  NIAB  and  is  a  Non-
Executive Director at Velcourt Group.

Gareth  was  appointed  to  the  Board  as 
Chief  Executive  in  May  2018.  He  joined 
Wynnstay  in  1999  as  Sales  Manager 
for  South  Wales  and  became  Head  of 
Agriculture  in  2008.  He  is  also  a  Non-
Executive  Director  at  Hybu  Cig  Cymru 
-  Meat  Promotion  Wales  and  Director  of 
AIC (Agricultural Industries Confederation)

AC

RC

NC

KEY SKILLS

AC

RC

KEY SKILLS

RC

NC

KEY SKILLS

NC

KEY SKILLS

Sector experience

Strategy and leadership

Sector experience

Sector experience

Strategy and leadership

Mergers and acquisitions

Strategy and leadership

Sales and marketing

£

Finance

Mergers and acquisitions

53

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022Bryan Paul Roberts
Finance Director

Howell John Richards
Independent Non-Executive Director

Claire Alexander Williams
Company Secretary

COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP

Paul  joined  the  Board  in  1997.  He  joined 
Wynnstay 
in  1987  having  previously 
worked  in  the  animal  feed  industry.  He 
is  a  Fellow  of  the  Chartered  Institute  of 
Management Accountants.

Howell  joined  the  Board  in  July  2014. 
He  has  significant  experience  within  the 
agricultural  industry  and  has  established 
a large dairy enterprise business in South 
Wales. As a member of a number of well 
recognised committees, Howell promotes 
the  UK  dairy 
industry  and  supports 
initiatives  for  young  entrants  into  UK 
farming.

Claire  became  Company  Secretary  in 
January  2020.  She  joined  Wynnstay  in 
2017  as  Group  Financial  Controller.  She 
is  a  member  of  the  Institute  of  Chartered 
Accountants in England and Wales.

KEY SKILLS

AC

RC

KEY SKILLS

KEY SKILLS

Sector experience

Sector experience

Company secretarial

Company secretarial

Strategy and leadership

£

Finance

AC Audit Committee

NC Nominations Committee

RC

Remuneration Committee

Committee Chair

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc

54

Senior Management

Andrew Thomas Evans
Group Operations and Feeds Director

Andrew joined Wynnstay in 1996 as Marketing Manager and became Retail Manager in 2003.  He also 
owns a dairy farm in Mid Wales.

KEY SKILLS

Sector experience

Sales and marketing

Strategy and leadership

Operations

David Chadwick
Managing Director, Glasson Grain

Dave joined the Group in August 2006 when Wynnstay acquired Glasson Grain. Dave has significant 
commercial experience in international trading of animal feeds and fertiliser.

KEY SKILLS

Strategy and leadership

Sales and marketing

Operations and supply chain

Stuart Dolphin
Arable Director

Joined  the  Group  in  May  2011  when  Wynnstay  acquired  Wrekin  Grain  which  subsequently  became 
GrainLink.  Stuart  has  significant  commercial  experience  in  commodity  trading  and  arable  farming, 
including seed, fertiliser and agronomy.

KEY SKILLS

Strategy and leadership

Sales and marketing

Operations and supply chain

55

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

Senior Management continued

Samantha Jayne Roberts
Group Personnel Manager

Samantha joined the Group in July 2000 and held a variety of roles before assuming Group Personnel 
Manager in July 2005.

KEY SKILLS

Human resource management and development

Health and safety

Paul Jackson
Commercial Sales & Marketing Director

Paul  joined  the  Group  in  July  2021  with  a  wealth  of  experience  in  sales  management  and  strategic 
development within the agricultural sector. 

E
S
G
F
r
a
m
e
w
o
r
k

KEY SKILLS

Sector experience

Strategy and leadership

Sales and marketing

Neil Richardson
Managing Director, Humphrey Feeds & Pullets

Neil  joined  the  Group  in  March  2023  when  Wynnstay  acquired  Humphrey  Feeds  &  Pullets  Ltd.  Neil 
brings  to  the  team  a  wealth  of  experience  within  the  feed  sector,  along  with  a  passion  for  delivering 
continuous improvement, and excellent customer service.

KEY SKILLS

Operations and supply chain

Strategy and leadership

Compliance

Sector experience

56

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
Directors’ Report

For the year ended 31 October 2022

The Directors present their report together with the audited financial statements of the Parent Company (“the Company”) and the Group for the 
year ended 31 October 2022.

RESULTS AND DIVIDENDS

Interim dividend per share paid
Final dividend per share proposed
Total dividend

Group revenue
Group profit after tax

2022

5.40p
11.60p

17.00p

2022

£000

713,034

17,142

2021

5.00p
10.50p

15.50p

2021

£000

500,386

8,934

Subject to approval at the Annual General meeting, the final dividend 
will  be  paid  on  28  April  2023  to  shareholders  on  the  register  at  the 
close of business on 31 March 2023. The share price will be marked 
ex dividend with effect 30 March 2023. In accordance with the rules 
of the Company’s scrip dividend scheme, eligible shareholders will be 
entitled to receive their dividend in the form of additional shares. New 
mandate forms for this scheme should be signed and lodged with the 
Company Secretary 14 days before the dividend payment date of 28 
April 2023. 

Details of authorised and issued share capital and the movement in the 
year is detailed in note 27 to the financial statements.

DIRECTORS AND THEIR INTERESTS

The Directors who held office during the year and as at 31 October 2022 had the following interests in the ordinary shares of the Company:

Gareth Davies

Steve Ellwood

Philip Kirkham

Catherine Bradshaw

Howell Richards

Paul Roberts

25p Ordinary Shares

SAYE Options

Discretionary Options

2022

40,113

4,700

11,203

-

2,810

98,998

2021

32,761

4,700

11,137

-

2,810

98,998

2022

1,309

-

-

-

-

2021

7,795

-

-

-

-

2022

45,715

2021

45,715

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

5,236

6,857

36,574

36,574

Further  information  on  the  Directors’  discretionary  options,  including  the  performance  criteria,  can  be  found  in  the  Directors’  Remuneration 
Report, with the numbers shown in the above table representing the maximum available to vest.

In addition to the above shareholdings, Gareth Davies and Paul Roberts are trustees of the Company’s Employee Share Ownership Plan trust 
which at the year end held 16,834 shares (2021: 16,834 shares). Accordingly, these directors were deemed to hold an additional non-beneficial 
holding in such shares. 

No director at the year end held any interest in any subsidiary or associate company. 
Further details on related party transactions with Directors are provided in note 32 to the financial statements.
Under Article 91, Paul Roberts and Howell Richards retire from the Board by rotation at the Annual General Meeting on 21 March 2023 and being 
eligible, offer themselves for re-election. 

During the year, the Company purchased and maintained liability insurance for its Directors and Officers which remained in force at the date of 
this report.

SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDINGS

At 31 October 2022, the following shareholders held 3% or more of the issued share capital of the Company:

Registered Shareholder

Beneficial Holder

Number of 
shares

% of issued 
share capital

Lion Nominees Limited

Discretionary managed funds of Close Asset Management Limited

2,485,656

11.4

Rock Nominees Limited

Discretionary managed funds of Charles Stanley & Co

Luna Nominees Limited

Discretionary managed funds of Cazanove Capital

Rulegale Nominees Limited

Discretionary managed funds of James Sharp & Co

2,218,499

889,350

670,436

9.9

4.0

3.0

The  Directors  are  not  aware  that  any  other  person,  Company  or  Group  of  Companies  held  3%  or  more  of  the  issued  share  capital  of  the 
Company, and no new notifications of substantial shareholdings have been received between 31 October 2022 and the date of this report.

57

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022Directors’ Report continued

SHAREHOLDER RESOLUTIONS 
At the Annual General Meeting held on the 22 March 2022 the Directors received authority from the shareholders to:
•  Allot shares
This gives Directors the authority to allot shares and maintains flexibility in respect of the Company’s financing arrangements. The nominal value 
of ordinary shares which the Directors may allot in the period up to the next Annual General Meeting to be held on 21 March 2023 is limited to 
£450,000. This authority will expire on 20 March 2023, but the Directors intend to seek to renew the same.
•  Disapplication of rights of pre-emption
This  disapplies  rights  of  pre-emption  on  the  allotment  of  shares  by  the  Company  and  the  sale  of  treasury  shares.  This  authority  allows  the 
Directors to allot equity securities for cash pursuant to the authority to allot shares mentioned above, and to sell treasury shares for cash without a 
pre-emptive offer to existing shareholders, up to an aggregate amount of £450,000. This authority will expire on 20 March 2023, but the Directors 
intend to seek to renew the same.
•  To buy own shares
This authority allows the Company to buy its own shares in the market, as permitted under the Articles of Association of the Company, up to a 
limit of 500,000 ordinary shares. The Directors have no immediate plans to exercise the powers of the Company to purchase its own shares and 
would only plan to do so if they were satisfied that a purchase would result in an increase in expected earnings per share and was in the best 
interests of the Company at the time. This authority will expire on 20 March 2023, but the Directors intend to seek to renew the same. 

COLLEAGUES  
The Group has procedures for keeping its colleagues informed about 
the progress of the business, which include, bi-monthly newsletters, 
annual  roadshows,  financial  results  presentations  and  an  active 
colleague forum. 
The  Group  continues  to  encourage  employee  involvement  in  the 
Group by operating a Savings Related Share Option Scheme open to 
all employees. 
The  Group  provides  training  and  support  for  all  employees  where 
appropriate and gives a full and fair consideration to disabled applicants 
in respect of duties which may be effectively performed by a disabled 
person.  Where  existing  employees  become  disabled,  the  Group  will 
seek to continue employing them, bearing in mind their disability and 
provided suitable duties are available. Failing this, all attempts will be 
made to provide a continuing income. 
Health and Safety matters are a high priority issue for the Board, who 
consider  a  monthly  report  on  developments  and  any  incidents  that 
may have occurred, including accidents and near misses.

ENGAGEMENT WITH CUSTOMERS, SUPPLIERS 
AND OTHERS
Details of the identified main stakeholder groupings associated with the 
business are provided in the s172 Statement of the Strategic Report, 
but the continuing relationship nature of the Group’s trading activities 
requires  strong  communication  links  with  individual  customers  and 
suppliers.  This  is  achieved  through  dedicated  personnel  contacts, 
regular  correspondence  and  increasingly  through  digital  interaction 

channels.

PAYMENT OF SUPPLIERS 
The Group agrees terms and conditions with suppliers before business 
takes  place  and,  while  there  is  no  formal  Group  code  or  standard  it 
is  not  Group  policy  to  extend  supplier  payment  terms  beyond  that 
agreed. There are no suppliers subject to special arrangements. The 
average credit terms for the Group as a whole based on the year end 
trade payables figure and a 365 day year is 54 days (2021: 56 days).

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISKS 
The  Group  has  a  number  of  financial  instruments  and  these  are 
detailed,  together  with  the  risk  management  objectives  and  policies 
relating to these instruments in Note 25 to the financial statements. The 
main financial risks for the Group come from customer credit, foreign 
exchange, commodity price volatility, intertest rate movements, cash 
liquidity and capital management. The Board’s approach to managing 
these risks are detailed in Note 25 of the financial statement.

LAND AND BUILDINGS 
In the opinion of the Directors, the current open market value of the 
Group’s interest in land and buildings exceeds the book value at 31 
October  2022  as  provided  in  note  16  to  the  financial  statements  by 
approximately £9,578,000 (2021: £6,460,000). The director’s opinion 
is supported by a valuation exercise carried out by BNP Paribas Real 
Estate in July 2022.

E
S
G
F
r
a
m
e
w
o
r
k

POLITICAL AND CHARITABLE DONATIONS 
Details of support to the community is given in ESG report.  There were 
no political donations during the year (2021: none).

EVENTS AFTER THE PERIOD END
Details  of  the  acquisition  of  Tamar  Milling  Limited  on  17  November 
2022 are provided in Note 36 of the financial statements.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
The Corporate governance report on pages 45-48 forms part of the 
Directors’ Report and is incorporated by cross reference.

DIRECTORS’ STATEMENT AS TO DISCLOSURE 
OF INFORMATION TO AUDITORS
The Directors who were members of the Board at the time of 
approving the Directors’ Report are listed on pages 53-54. 
Having made enquires of fellow Directors each of these Directors, at 
the date of this report, confirms that: 

• 

to  the  best  of  each  Director’s  knowledge  and  belief,  there  is  no 
relevant audit information of which the Group’s auditor is unaware; 
and 

•  each Director has taken all the steps a director might reasonably 
be  expected  to  have  taken  to  be  aware  of  relevant  audit 
information and to establish that the Group’s auditor is aware of 
that information. 

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance 
with the provisions of s418 of the Companies Act 2006.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
RSM UK Audit LLP have indicated their willingness to continue in office 
and  accordingly  a  resolution  proposing  their  reappointment  will  be 
submitted to the Annual General Meeting. 

OTHER MATTERS
The Company has chosen in accordance with Companies Act 2006, 
s414C(11)  to  set  out  in  the  company’s  strategic  report  information 
required  by  Large  and  Medium-sized  Companies  and  Groups 
(Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008, Sch. 7 to be contained in 
the Directors’ Report. It has done so in respect of strategy and future 
developments  and  principal  risks  and  uncertainties,  and  carbon  and 
energy reporting.

By order of the Board  
Paul Roberts 
Acting Company Secretary
31 January 2023

58

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
BOARD REMUNERATION POLICY
All matters relating to remuneration of the Directors of the Company 
are  determined  by  the  Remuneration  Committee  whose  decisions 
are  made  with  a  view  to  achieving  the  broad  objective  of  rewarding 
individuals for the nature of their work and the contribution they make 
towards the Group achieving its business objectives. Proper regard is 
given to the need to recruit and retain high quality and motivated staff 
at all levels and to ensure the effective management of the business. 
The Committee will be cognisant of comparative pay levels after taking 
into account geographic location and the operations of the business 
and takes appropriate external professional advice where considered 
necessary. 
The remuneration policy for Directors is set so as to achieve the above 
objectives  and  is  broadly  split  into  Executive  and  Non-Executive 
categories,  and  consists  of  the  following  components  in  each  sub 
category:

Directors’ Remuneration Report

For the year ended 31 October 2022

Board Remuneration
INTRODUCTORY STATEMENT

As Chair of the Remuneration Committee and on behalf of the Board of 
Directors, I am delighted to present our report on Board remuneration 
for the Financial Year ended 31 October 2022.

General approach to remuneration
The Committee’s approach to remuneration is to provide a competitive 
but  not  excessive  reward  package  for  Executive  Directors  that  aligns 
their pay with the strategy of the Group, encouraging, incentivising and 
motivating behaviours which we believe will deliver long-term success for 
the Group. The interests of Executive Directors should align with those 
of  shareholders,  and  our  Policy  seeks  to  adopt  practices  to  achieve 
this  while  complying  with  all  relevant  laws  and  corporate  governance 
regulations, giving the Group a sound basis for long-term growth and 
progression.

With regard to Executive Directors, the Committee will seek to ensures 
that:

i. 

ii. 

iii. 

the  remuneration  packages  offered  are  competitive  within 
the  marketplace  that  the  Company  operates,  allowing  it  to 
attract  and  retain  the  talent  necessary  to  deliver  the  results 
demanded by the Board and the Company’s shareholders;

the performance-based elements of remuneration are aligned 
with  the  Group’s  strategic  objectives,  with  measures  that 
reward  exceptional  achievement  whilst  avoiding  rewarding 
poor performance; and

the  remuneration  structures  provide  the  mechanisms  to 
protect shareholders where necessary and adopt a sufficiently 
long-term basis for aligning the interests of Executive Directors 
with those of investors.

Committee decisions on remuneration
During the financial year, the Committee carried out a benchmarking pay 
review exercise in relation to the Executive Directors with adjustments 
to basic pay implemented with effect from November 2021. A review 
of  Non-Executive  Director’s  fees  was  carried  out  towards  the  end 
of  the  financial  year  with  adjustments  implemented  with  effect  from 
November 2022. The details of these individual changes are provided 
later in this report within the respective remuneration sections. 

The  Committee  have  been  conscious  of  the  general  inflationary 
pressures  evident  in  the  wider  economy  and  been  particularly 
concerned  about  the  cost-of-living  challenges  faced  by  colleagues 
across the business. In considering the budgeted pay review proposal 
for the year commencing November 2022, the Committee were keen 
to support colleagues and were pleased to announce the payment of 
a  one-off  Income  Supplement  payment  of  £750  per  person  paid  in 
October 2022. Taking this in addition to a five per cent general increase 
for the new financial year, the Committee believed that this represented 
a sound targeted use of available resources offering the most support 
to our lower paid colleagues. 

The Remuneration Committee remains fully committed to an open and 
honest dialogue with our shareholders, and we welcome your views on 
any aspects of remuneration at any time.

59

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS:

Basic Salary
Purpose:  To  provide  an  appropriate  amount  of  basic  fixed  income 
to  enable  the  recruitment  and  retention  of  effective  management  to 
implement Group strategy.
Operation: The Committee reviews base salaries on an annual basis, 
consistent  with  the  reviews  conducted  for  other  employees.  The 
review takes into account:

•  absolute and relative Group profitability;

•  any changes to the scope of each role and responsibilities;

•  any changes to the size and complexity of the Group;

•  salaries in comparable organisations;

• 

the general economic conditions prevalent in the country:

•  pay increases elsewhere in the Group; and

• 

the impact of any increases to base salary on the total remuneration 

package.

Maximum  opportunity:  The  Remuneration  Committee  has  set  no 
overall maximum on salary increases, as it believes that this creates an 
anchoring effect for Executive Directors and other employees.
Performance  measures:  None,  although  individual  performance, 
skills and experience are taken into consideration by the Remuneration 
Committee when setting salaries.

Annual Performance Bonus (APB)
Purpose: : To incentivise the Executive Directors to deliver the Group’s 
corporate strategy by focusing on annual goals that are consistent with 
longer-term strategic objectives.
Operation: Bonus targets are reviewed and set on an annual basis. Pay-
out levels are determined by the Remuneration Committee after the year-
end, after completion of the audit, based upon a rigorous assessment of 
performance against the targets. 

Malus  provisions  apply  for  the  duration  of  the  performance  period  and 
any deferral period allowing the Remuneration Committee to reduce to 
zero  any  unvested  or  deferred  awards.  Clawback  provisions  apply  to 
cash amounts paid and shares or cash released for three years following 
payment or release, allowing the Remuneration Committee to claim back 
all or any amount paid or released.

The circumstances in which malus and/or clawback provisions may be 
triggered include:

• 

• 

• 

if the assessment of any performance condition was based upon 
erroneous or inaccurate or misleading information;

if a material misstatement is discovered that results in the audited 
accounts of the Group being adjusted; or

in the event of any action or conduct of a participant that amounts 
to fraud or gross misconduct.

Maximum  opportunity:  The  maximum  annual  bonus  opportunity 
that can be earned for any year is capped at 100% of base salary for 
all Executive Directors. Payments at or approaching these levels would 
require an exceptional level of performance.
Performance measures: The payment of awards under the APB is 
dependent upon performance conditions based upon:

•  profit  before  tax  (PBT)  after  accrual  for  bonus  payments  (75% 

weighting);

•  stretching,  specific  and  measurable  strategic  and/or  individual 

objectives. (25% weighting).

The Remuneration Committee believes the chosen metrics are suitably 
aligned with the Group’s strategy and are focused on delivering long-
term growth and shareholder return.

Wynnstay Profit Related Pay
Purpose:  An  all-employee  scheme  in  which  the  Executive  Directors 
participate  on  the  same  basis  as  all  other  employees,  designed 
to  encourage  achievement  of  profit  budgets  within  main  trading 
subsidiaries.
Operation:  An  employee  scheme  to  reward  all  staff  with  a  pro-rata 
profit  share,  based  on  a  pre-set  formula.  Paid  in  February  following 
the announcement of the financial results for the previous year, after 
completion of the annual audit.
Performance measures: Based upon the pre-tax profit of two trading 
subsidiaries, as a net percentage of revenues adjusted for commodity 
inflation and subject to a total cap on the overall all-employee pay-out 
of 10% of profits of the participating companies..

Performance Share Plan (PSP)
Purpose: To incentivise Executive Directors to focus on the long-term 
strategic objectives of the Group and to deliver substantial shareholder 
value, aligning their interests with the interests of shareholders.
Operation: Awards may be granted annually under the PSP and will 
consist of rights over shares with a value calculated as a percentage of 
base salary. Vesting is subject to the Group’s performance, measured 
over three years and is followed by a holding period in respect of 50% 
of the vested shares, of which one half are released after a one-year 
holding  period  and  one  half  after  a  two-year  holding  period.  Malus 
provisions  apply  for  the  duration  of  the  performance  period  and 
shares held under deferral arrangements, allowing the Remuneration 
Committee  to  reduce  to  zero  any  unvested  or  deferred  awards. 
Clawback provisions apply until two years after the date upon which 
any  entitlement  becomes  unconditional,  allowing  the  Remuneration 
Committee to claim back all or part of the value of any shares vested. 

The circumstances in which malus and/or clawback provisions may be 
triggered are as stated in relation to the APB above.

The principal terms of the PSP were approved by shareholders at the 
2018 AGM.
Maximum  opportunity:  The  maximum  PSP  award  opportunity  per 
Executive Director, in respect of any financial year, is limited to rights 
over shares with a market value at grant of 100% of base salary.
Performance measures: The vesting of all awards made under the PSP 
is dependent upon performance conditions based upon:

•  EPS growth (75% weighting)

•  Return on capital employed (25% weighting)

The Remuneration Committee believes the chosen metrics are suitably 
aligned with the Group’s strategy and are focused on delivering long-term 
growth and shareholder return.

All-employee share plans
Purpose: To align the interests of the broader employee base with the 
interests of shareholders and to assist with recruitment and retention. 
Operation: The Group currently operates a HM Revenue & Customs-
approved  Save  As  You  Earn  plan.  In  accordance  with  the  relevant 
tax  legislation,  the  Executive  Directors  are  entitled  to  participate  on 
the same basis (and subject to the same maximums) as other Group 
employees.
Maximum opportunity: As determined by the statutory limits in force 
from time to time.
Performance measures: None.

E
S
G
F
r
a
m
e
w
o
r
k

60

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Travelling Expenses
Purpose:  To  reimburse  legitimately  incurred  costs  of  attending 
necessary Board and associated meetings. 
Operation:  Pre-set  rates  used 
travel, 
accommodation and other incurred expenses in line with those used 
for other employees.

to  reimburse  mileage, 

Medical Insurance Benefit
Purpose: To assist Directors in the completion of their duties.
Operation:  Benefits  restricted  to  the  provision  of  private  medical 
insurance for those directors who do not have alternative arrangements 
in place.

The  non-executive  director’s  remuneration  terms  are  detailed  in 

individual letters of appointment, which amongst other points contain 

standard details as follows :  

• 

Initial appointment for a period of twelve months.

•  Renewal of appointment for a fixed period of three years after initial 

twelve months.

•  Post employment restrictive covenants lasting twelve months.

Pension
Purpose:  To  provide  an  income  for  Executive  Directors  during 
their  retirement  and  enable  the  Group  to  recruit  and  retain  suitable 
individuals.
Operation: Fixed company contributions expressed as a percentage 
of  current  basic  salary  for  each  individual  are  paid  into  a  personal 
pension  scheme  held  in  that  individual’s  name.  In  addition,  death  in 
service  cover  provides  for  four  times  current  annual  salary  paid  into 
trust, where death occurs during the term of the Director’s employment 
contract.

Benefits
Purpose: To attract and retain suitable Executive Directors and assist 
Executive Directors in the performance of their duties.
Operation: The benefits provided by the Group to Executive Directors 
are currently restricted to the provision of a company car and private 
medical insurance.
Maximum  opportunity:  Dependent  upon  the  cost  of  providing  the 
relevant  benefits  and  the  individual’s  personal  circumstances.  The 
Remuneration Committee examines the cost of benefit provision and 
will only agree to provide benefits that are in line with market practice 
and cost-effective for the Group.
Performance measures: None.

The executive director’s remuneration terms are detailed in individual 
contracts of employment and associated amendment documentation, 
which amongst other points contain standard details as follows:  

•  Notice period to be given by the Company is twelve months.

•  Notice period to be given by the Director is six months.

•  Paid holiday entitlement of 23 days plus bank holidays.

•  Post employment restrictive covenants lasting twelve months.

•  Standard non-compete restrictions during employment.

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS:
Basic Annual Fee
Purpose:  To attract and retain a balanced skill set of individuals to 
ensure strong stewardship and governance of the Group.
Operation:  Fees  are  set  so  as  to  reflect  the  factors  pertinent  to 
respective  positions,  taking  into  account  the  anticipated  amount  of 
time commitment, and comparative rates paid by other companies of 
a similar size. The Non-Executive Directors do not participate in share 
option awards, performance bonuses or pension arrangements. Fees 
are reviewed by the Remuneration Committee on an annual basis.

Supplemental Committee Chair Fees
Purpose: To acknowledge the additional time and input commitment 
of chairing two of the important Board sub-committees, being Audit 
and Remuneration.
Operation: An additional annually reviewed premium is added to the 
Basic Annual Fee for the appointed Non-Executive holding the chair of 
the respective committee for that relevant financial year.

61

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR REMUNERATION

In line with the above policy, the Remuneration Committee have approved the following details of executive director remuneration, which are 
designed to ensure both the continued competitiveness of remuneration levels, and the satisfaction of current investor expectations with regard 
to governance arrangements for Long Term Incentive Plans :

Basic Salaries. A current annual salary effective from November 2022, is shown in the table below in column A. The previous annual salary, 
where relevant, is shown in column B, with the actual amounts received during the last financial year shown in column C. 

Basic Salary

Executive Director

G W Davies

B P Roberts

Column A

Column B

Current Basic  

Previous Basic  

Salary 

Salary 

£000

278

186

£000

265

177

Column C

Actual Salary 

as a Director 

Nov 2021 – Oct 2022

£000

265

177

Annual Performance Bonuses and Profit Related Pay. The bonus payments made to executive directors in March 2022, and therefore 
during the financial year under review, were in relation to the performance of the business for the financial year 2020/21. These payments were 
made under the auspices of the Annual Performance Bonus scheme which includes potential payments of up to 75% of basic salary based 
on the Group’s financial performance, and up to 25% based on stretching, specific and measurable strategic and/or individual objectives. The 
respective bonus payments made for the financial years ending October 2021 and October 2020, received in the following March, are shown in 
the table below in columns A & B respectively.  

The Executive Directors also participate in the Wynnstay Profit Related Pay Scheme, (“PRP”) which is a scheme for employees of Wynnstay 
Group plc and Grainlink Limited, and which pays an annual bonus based on a formula which produces a percentile result which is then applied 
to the relevant individual’s prior year earnings. The formula calculation is the aggregate of the pre-tax profit of Wynnstay (Agricultural Supplies) 
Limited and Grainlink Limited divided by the aggregate of the combined revenues. The scheme is subject to a limiting factor preventing the total 
paid under the arrangements from exceeding 10% of the profits of the participating companies. The relevant rate for 2021, paid in February 2022, 
was 3.1% (2021: 2.7%), with the actual PRP paid to each individual executive shown in Column C below. The anticipated rate for 2022, to be 
paid in February 2023 relating to the last financial year is 2.7% of relevant earnings.

E
S
G
F
r
a
m
e
w
o
r
k

Bonuses £000

Executive Director

G W Davies

B P Roberts

Column A

Total 2021

206

158

Column B

Total 2020

103

77

Column C

Feb 22
10

8

PRP received
Feb 21
6

4

62

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Pension and death in service life cover. Individual Company contributions to personal pension plans are based on the value of the Executive 
Directors basic salary only. The annual defined Company contributions to a personal pension scheme held in the individual’s name, expressed 
as a percentage of basic salary, and the amounts paid on behalf of each individual for their period of service as a director during the last financial 
year, are shown in the table below under column A and column B respectively. The death in service life assurance cover is provided in a Group 
policy covering all members, with individual costs attributed to separate members being unavailable. However, the scheme to which both of the 
executive directors belong, had a total renewal cost at November 2021 of £108,575 (2020: £85,707), and there were 583 (2020: 599) members 
covered, equating to an average cost of £186 per person (2020: £143).

Pension

Executive Director

G W Davies

B P Roberts

Column A

Pension % 

11.2%

11.2%

Column B

Pension Contribution 

£000

28

20

Benefits in kind. G W Davies was supplied with a company car during the financial year, primarily for the furtherance of his duties. However, 
this vehicle was available for the executive’s private use and as such has a taxable benefit in kind value calculated in accordance with HMRC 
rules. The value for the tax year ending April 2022 is shown in the table below in column A. The cost of fuel used for private motoring is refunded 
on a monthly basis. Additionally, the Company pays the cost of providing private medical insurance for the executives to ensure that should 
they require treatment this is provided as quickly as possible and minimises any period of potential absence from their duties. The cost to the 
Company of this cover for each individual in 2022 is shown below in column B. B P Roberts receives a monthly car allowance of £600 in lieu of 
the provision of a vehicle and he therefore received a total of £7,200 during the financial year to October 2022 which is shown in Column C above.

Benefits in kind

Executive Director

G W Davies

B P Roberts

Column A

Column B

Column C

Company Car Value Private Medical Cover  Cash Settled Car Allowance 

£9,577

N/A

£1,152

£649

N/A

£7,200

Long-Term  Incentives.  The  Remuneration  Policy  provides  for  a  Performance  Share  Plan  (PSP)  to  incentivise  executive  directors  to  focus 
on  the  long-term  strategic  objectives  of  the  Group  and  to  deliver  substantial  shareholder  value,  aligning  their  interests  with  the  interests  of 
shareholders. This PSP is intended to grant option awards annually, with rights over shares to a value calculated as a percentage of base salary. 
Other conditions are explained in the Remuneration Policy above. No grants of options under this arrangement were made in the financial year 
ending October 2022 with the last grant having been made in April 2021, details of which are shown in the option table below. which shows all 
outstanding options open at the year end. 
The performance criteria of the relevant options are tested at the end of the third financial year after the respective grant as follows : 

-Awards granted January 2020 – Performance tested for Financial Year Oct 2022.
-Awards granted April 2021 – Performance tested for Financial Year Oct 2023.

The performance criteria attached to the current PSP options are as follows :

1.   75% of the Award Shares will vest if the Company’s Earnings Per Share (“EPS”) grows at an annual rate exceeding the rate of growth of the 
Retail Price Index (“RPI”) plus 8%. Where this growth is not met, provided EPS grows at an annual rate of at least RPI plus 1%, 30% of the Award 
Shares tested under the EPS target will vest. Between these criteria, the Award Shares will vest on a straight-line basis.   

2.  25% of the Award Shares will vest if the Company’s Return on Capital Employed (“ROCE”) increases to at least 12.6% for the respecting 
testing financial year. Where this target is not met, provided a minimum ROCE employed of 10% is met, the Award Shares will vest between 
these two criteria on a straight-line basis. 

Outstanding options as at Oct 2022 for directors who had served during the year.

Share Option Table

Executive Director

G W Davies

B P Roberts

PSP Scheme Maximum Award

                          SAYE

No. of Options Granted Jan 20 No. of Options Granted Apr 21 No. of Options

27,896

22,318

17,819

14,256

1,309

5,236

Further information relating to the PSP is set out in the Rules of the scheme which are published on the Group’s website at:
https://www.wynnstay.co.uk/corporate-governance/wynnstay-performance-share-plan/

Other Share Schemes. The executive directors are eligible to participate in Save As You Earn (SAYE) option invitations, subject to the scheme 
and legislative limitations. Such options held by the executive directors, as at October 2022 are shown in the table above which do not have 
any performance criteria attached to them and are exercisable between September 2023 and February 2024, with further details provided in the 
Director’s Report on pages 57-58 and in Note 9 to the accounts. During the year G W Davies exercised 6,486 SAYE options at a price of £3.70 
each. Using the market price on the day of exercise, a gain of £15,631 was generated although Mr Davies retained the shares.

63

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR REMUNERATION

The remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors is and has been paid in accordance with the policy outlined above and has been set so 
as to reflect the factors pertinent to their respective positions. Details of the amounts received during the last financial year and the current levels 
of Basic Annual Fees being paid are given in the table below :

Non-Executive Director

Received Financial Year ending Oct 2022

S J Ellwood – Chairman

P M Kirkham

H J Richards

C Bradshaw

S J Ellwood – Chairman

P M Kirkham

H J Richards

C Bradshaw

Basic Fee

Supplemental Fee Benefits in kind

Travelling Expenses

£000

£000

£000

£000

71

40

40

40

0

1

0

2

0

1

1

0

1

1

1

1

Payable Financial Year ending Oct 2023

Basic Fee

Supplemental Fee Benefits in kind

Travelling Expenses

£000

£000

£000

£000

75

42

42

42

0

2

0

2

0

1

1

0

1

1

1

1

E
S
G
F
r
a
m
e
w
o
r
k

Philip M. Kirkham
Vice-Chairman and Chairman of Remuneration Committee
31 January 2023

64

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
Independent auditor’s report to the members of Wynnstay Group Plc

OPINION
We  have  audited  the  financial  statements  of  Wynnstay  Group  Plc 
(the  ‘parent  company’)  and  its  subsidiaries  (the  ‘group’)  for  the  year 
ended  31  October  2022  which  comprise  the  consolidated  statement  of 
comprehensive  income,  consolidated  and  company  balance  sheets, 
consolidated and company statements of changes in equity, consolidated 
and company cash flow statements and notes to the financial statements, 
including significant accounting policies. The financial reporting framework 
that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and UK-adopted 
International  Accounting  Standards  and,  as  regards  the  parent  company 
financial  statements,  as  applied  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the 
Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion:

• 

• 

• 

• 

the  financial  statements  give  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  state  of  the 
group’s  and  of  the  parent  company’s  affairs  as  at  31  October  2022 
and of the group’s profit for the year then ended;

the  group  financial  statements  have  been  properly  prepared  in 
accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards;

the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared 
in  accordance  with  UK-adopted  International  Accounting  Standards 
and as applied in accordance with the Companies Act 2006; and

the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

BASIS FOR OPINION
We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  International  Standards  on 
Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under those 
standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit 
of the financial statements section of our report. We are independent of the 
group  and  parent  company  in  accordance  with  the  ethical  requirements 
that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including 
the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed entities and we have fulfilled 
our  other  ethical  responsibilities  in  accordance  with  these  requirements. 
We  believe  that  the  audit  evidence  we  have  obtained  is  sufficient  and 
appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

BUSINESS COMBINATION
Key audit matter description
The  relevant  related  disclosures  are  given  in  note  35  of  the  financial 
statements.The  relevant  related  disclosures  are  given  in  note  35  of  the 
financial statements.

A business combination was undertaken in the period with the acquisition 
of Humphreys Poultry Holdings Limited

Judgement  is  applied  by  management  in  estimating  the  fair  value  of  the 
consideration  transferred,  and  the  assets  and  liabilities  acquired,  in  the 
business  combination.  The  consideration  transferred  included  contingent 
consideration of £2.0m and significant fair value adjustments were made 
in  respect  of  a  freehold  property  (valued  at  £1.83m)  and  to  recognise 
intangible assets; Brand (£3.76m) and Key and other customer accounts 
(£1.1m).

Due to the level of estimation uncertainty, we determined this to be a key 
audit matter.

How the matter was addressed in the audit
Our audit procedures included:

•  Confirming  that  the  acquisition  met  the  definition  of  a  business 

combination in accordance with IFRS3 Business combinations; 

•  Reviewing management’s accounting paper, and the relevant aspects 

of the SPA, to verify 

•  the nature and amount of the Purchase price, and

•  that  the  Purchase  price  met  the  definition  of  consideration,  in 

accordance with IFRS 3; 

•  Challenging  the  assumptions  underpinning  the  estimation  of  the 

contingent consideration; 

•  Utilising  a  property  valuation  expert  to  review  the  valuation  of  the 

freehold property;

•  Utilising a valuation expert to review

•  the valuation methodology applied by management,

•  the models used to value the intangible assets, and

•  the discount rates used in the models;

SUMMARY OF OUR AUDIT APPROACH

•  Challenging the inputs and assumptions underlying the methodology 

and models; 

•  Challenging the judgements made by management in respect of the 

useful life attributed to each intangible asset; and 

•  Considering  whether  the  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements 
provide sufficient understanding of the business combination and are 
in accordance with IFRS 3

OUR APPLICATION OF MATERIALITY
When establishing our overall audit strategy, we set certain thresholds which 
help us to determine the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures. 
When  evaluating  whether  the  effects  of  misstatements,  both  individually 
and on the financial statements as a whole, could reasonably influence the 
economic decisions of the users we take into account the qualitative nature 
and the size of the misstatements. Based on our professional judgement, 
we determined materiality as follows:

Key audit matters Group

• 

Business combination

Prarent Company
• 

None

Materiality

Group
• 

Overall materiality: £820,000 (2021: 
£549,000)
Performance materiality: £615,000 (2021: 
£412,000)

Prarent Company
• 

Overall materiality: £1,410,000 (2021: 
£108,800)
Performance materiality: £1,050,000 
(2021: £81,600)

• 

• 

Scope

Our audit procedures covered 98% of revenue, 
96% of total assets and 88% of profit before 
tax.

KEY AUDIT MATTERS
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were 
of  most  significance  in  our  audit  of  the  group  financial  statements  of  the 
current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material 
misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) we identified, including those 
which had the greatest effect on the overall audit strategy, the allocation of 
resources in the audit and directing the efforts of the engagement team. 
These  matters  were  addressed  in  the  context  of  our  audit  of  the  group 
financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and 
we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

65

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022Independent auditor’s report to the members of Wynnstay Group Plc continued

Overall materiality

£820,000 (2021: £549,000)

£1,410,000 (2021: £108,800)

Basis for determining overall materiality

5% of average adjusted profit before tax 
over a 2-year period.

1.7% of total assets.

Group

Parent Company

Rationale for benchmark applied

Profit before tax is considered to be the 
key benchmark of the group.  This has 
been adjusted for non-recurring items .
A 2-year average has been applied given 
the impact of current year inflation in the 
industry and consequential volatility.

Total assets is considered to be 
the key benchmark of the parent 
company as the entity relies on its 
primarily asset of investments as a 
non-revenue generating entity.

Performance materiality

£615,000 (2021: £412,000)

£1,050,000 (2021: £81,600)

Basis for determining performance materiality

75% of overall materiality

75% of overall materiality

Reporting of misstatements to the Audit Committee

Misstatements in excess of £41,000 and 
misstatements below that threshold that, in 
our view, warranted reporting on qualitative 
grounds.

Misstatements in excess of 
£70,500 and misstatements below 
that threshold that, in our view, 
warranted reporting on qualitative 
grounds.

Overall and performance materiality, in respect of the parent company, was significantly lower in the prior year. This was due to it being designated as a 
significant component for the group audit, requiring the application of a component materiality.

AN OVERVIEW OF THE SCOPE OF OUR AUDIT
The group consists of 11 components, all of which are based in the UK.

Number of components

Revenue

Total assets

Profit before tax

Full scope audit

Specific audit procedures

Total

3

2

5

95%

4%

99%

89%

4

93%

95%

-

95%

The  specific  audit  procedures  on  revenue  were  limited  to  testing  the 
identified  fraud  risk  of  cut-off  in  relation  to  one  component.  In  addition, 
specific  audit  procedures  were  also  performed  on  another  component 
in  order  to  obtain  sufficient  and  appropriate  coverage  over  the  group’s 
property, plant and equipment, investment property and borrowings. 

Analytical  procedures  at  group  level  were  performed  for  the  remaining  8 
components. None of the full scope audits were undertaken by component 
auditors.

Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ 
use  of  the  going  concern  basis  of  accounting  in  the  preparation  of  the 
financial  statements  is  appropriate.  Our  evaluation  of  the  directors’ 
assessment  of  the  group’s  and  parent  company’s  ability  to  continue  to 
adopt the going concern basis of accounting included:

•  A  review  of  the  groups  trading  and  cashflow  forecasts,  including 
challenge of key assumptions applied in forming these forecasts and 
assessment of the reasonableness of those key assumptions;

•  Sensitivity analysis of the above forecasts;

•  Consideration of the finance facilities available to the group during this 
period in line with the above forecasts and whether these are sufficient 
to meet the groups finance needs;

•  Review  of  minutes  of  board  meetings  with  a  view  to  identifying  any 
matters  which  may  impact  the  going  concern  assessment  and 
contradict the findings from the procedures above;

•  Review  of  the  group’s  going  concern  disclosures  included  in  the 
annual report in order to assess that the disclosures were appropriate 

and in conformity with the reporting standards.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material 
uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually or collectively, 
may cast significant doubt on the group’s or the parent company’s ability 
to continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve months from 
when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to 
going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report.

Other information
The  other  information  comprises  the  information  included  in  the  annual 
report, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. 
The directors are responsible for the other information contained within the 
annual report. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the 
other  information  and,  except  to  the  extent  otherwise  explicitly  stated  in 
our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider 
whether  the  other  information  is  materially  inconsistent  with  the  financial 
statements  or  our  knowledge  obtained  in  the  course  of  the  audit  or 
otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such material 
inconsistencies  or  apparent  material  misstatements,  we  are  required  to 
determine whether this gives rise to a material misstatement in the financial 
statements  themselves.  If,  based  on  the  work  we  have  performed,  we 
conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we 
are required to report that fact. 

We have nothing to report in this regard.

Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

• 

the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report 
for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is 
consistent with the financial statements; and

• 

the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report have been prepared in 

accordance with applicable legal requirements.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the parent 
company  and  their  environment  obtained  in  the  course  of  the  audit,  we 
have  not  identified  material  misstatements  in  the  Strategic  Report  or  the 
Directors’ Report.

We  have  nothing  to  report  in  respect  of  the  following  matters  in  relation 
to  which  the  Companies  Act  2006  requires  us  to  report  to  you  if,  in  our 
opinion:

•  adequate  accounting  records  have  not  been  kept  by  the  parent 
company,  or  returns  adequate  for  our  audit  have  not  been  received 
from branches not visited by us; or

66

E
S
G
F
r
a
m
e
w
o
r
k

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
Independent auditor’s report to the members of Wynnstay Group Plc continued

• 

the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the 
accounting records and returns; or

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not 

made; or

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require 

for our audit.

Responsibilities of directors
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement set out 
on page 52, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial 
statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for 
such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the 
preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error.

In  preparing  the  financial  statements,  the  directors  are  responsible  for 
assessing  the  group’s  and  the  parent  company’s  ability  to  continue  as  a 
going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern 
and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either 
intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease operations, 
or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our  objectives  are  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the 
financial  statements  as  a  whole  are  free  from  material  misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes 
our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not 
a  guarantee  that  an  audit  conducted  in  accordance  with  ISAs  (UK)  will 
always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can 
arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the 
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

The extent to which the audit was considered capable of detecting 
irregularities, including fraud

Irregularities  are  instances  of  non-compliance  with  laws  and  regulations.  
The  objectives  of  our  audit  are  to  obtain  sufficient  appropriate  audit 
evidence regarding compliance with laws and regulations that have a direct 
effect  on  the  determination  of  material  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the 
financial statements, to perform audit procedures to help identify instances 
of non-compliance with other laws and regulations that may have a material 
effect on the financial statements, and to respond appropriately to identified 
or  suspected  non-compliance  with  laws  and  regulations  identified  during 
the audit.  

In  relation  to  fraud,  the  objectives  of  our  audit  are  to  identify  and  assess 
the risk of material misstatement of the financial statements due to fraud, 
to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the assessed risks 
of material misstatement due to fraud through designing and implementing 
appropriate responses and to respond appropriately to fraud or suspected 
fraud identified during the audit.  

However, it is the primary responsibility of management, with the oversight 
of those charged with governance, to ensure that the entity’s operations are 
conducted in accordance with the provisions of laws and regulations and 
for the prevention and detection of fraud.

In  identifying  and  assessing  risks  of  material  misstatement  in  respect  of 
irregularities, including fraud, the group audit engagement team: 

•  obtained  an  understanding  of  the  nature  of  the  industry  and  sector, 
including the legal and regulatory framework that the group and parent 
company  operate  in  and  how  the  group  and  parent  company  are 
complying with the legal and regulatory framework;

• 

inquired of management, and those charged with governance, about 
their  own  identification  and  assessment  of  the  risks  of  irregularities, 
including any known actual, suspected or alleged instances of fraud;

•  discussed  matters  about  non-compliance  with  laws  and  regulations 
and how fraud might occur including assessment of how and where 
the financial statements may be susceptible to fraud.

The most significant laws and regulations were determined as follows:

Legislation / Regulation

Additional audit procedures performed by the Group audit engagement team included:

IFRS and Companies Act 2006

Review of the financial statement disclosures and testing to supporting documentation.
Completion of disclosure checklists to identify areas of non-compliance

Tax compliance regulations

Inspection of advice received from internal tax advisors

Operational regulations in 
respect of the agricultural 
industry

ISAs limit the required audit procedures to identify non-compliance with these laws and regulations to 
inquiry of management and where appropriate, those charged with governance (as noted above) and 
inspection of legal and regulatory correspondence, if any.

The areas that we identified as being susceptible to material misstatement due to fraud were:

Risk

Audit procedures performed by the audit engagement team:

Revenue recognition

Testing a sample of revenue transactions either side of the balance sheet date to determine whether the 
transaction has been appropriately recognised in the correct accounting period.

Management override of 
controls 

Testing the appropriateness of journal entries and other adjustments; 
Assessing whether the judgements made in making accounting estimates are indicative of a potential 
bias; and
Evaluating the business rationale of any significant transactions that are unusual or outside the normal 
course of business.

 A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at: http://www.
frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.
Use of our report 
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006.  Our audit work has 
been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other 
purpose.  To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the company and the company’s members 
as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Graham Bond FCA (Senior Statutory Auditor)
For and on behalf of RSM UK Audit LLP, Statutory Auditor
Chartered Accountants
20 Chapel Street
Liverpool
L3 9AG
31 January 2023

67

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

For the year ended 31 October 2022

2022

2021

Note

£000

£000

£000

£000

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Manufacturing, distribution and selling costs

Administrative expenses

Other operating income

Adjusted operating profit1
Intangible amortisation, goodwill impairment and share-

based payments
Non-recurring items

Group operating profit

Interest income 

Interest expense

Share of profits in joint ventures accounted for using the 

equity method

Share of tax incurred by joint ventures

Profit before taxation
Taxation

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive (expense) / income
Items that will reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

- net change in the fair value of cashflow hedges taken to 
equity, net of tax

- recycle cashflow hedge to income statement

Other comprehensive (expense) / income for the period

Total comprehensive income for the period

Basic Earnings per 25p share

Diluted earnings per 25p share   

2

4

5

5

6

3

3

18

7

10

12

12

166
(656)

808

(132)

713,034
(622,228)

90,806
(59,386)
(9,307)
335

22,448

(416)

(1,094)

20,938

(490)

676

21,124

(3,982)

17,142

(2,462)

2,336

(126)

17,016

82.72p
80.65p

193
(383)

677

(105)

The notes on pages 73-109 form part of these financial statements.

1Adjusted results are after adding back amortisation of acquired intangible assets, goodwill impairment, share-based payment expense and non-recurring items.

500,386
(432,493)

67,893
(50,072)
(7,096)
361

11,086

(477)

-

10,609

(190)

572

10,991

(2,057)

8,934

263

-

263

9,197

44.40p
43.53p

68

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
Consolidated and Company Balance Sheet

For the year ended 31 October 2022
Registered Number 2704051

ASSETS 

NON-CURRENT ASSETS
Goodwill

Intangible assets

Investment property

Property, plant and equipment

Right-of-use assets

Investment in subsidiaries

Investments accounted for using equity method

Derivative financial instruments

CURRENT ASSETS

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

Loans to joint venture

Cash and cash equivalents

Derivative financial instruments    

TOTAL ASSETS 

LIABILITIES

CURRENT LIABILITIES

Borrowings

Lease liabilities

Derivative financial instruments

Trade and other payables

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

Current tax liabilities

Provisions

NET CURRENT ASSETS

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

Borrowings

Lease liabilities

Trade and other payables

Derivative financial instruments

Deferred tax liabilities 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

NET ASSETS

EQUITY

Share capital

Share premium 

Other reserves

Retained earnings

Total Equity

Group

2022

£000

Note

13

14

15

16

16

17

17

25

19

20

20

18

23

25

23

24

25

21

21

22

23

24

21

25

26

27

16,133

4,936

1,850

20,840

8,202

-

4,101

1

56,063

71,095

96,575

-

1,067

31,177

598

200,512

256,575

(3,043)

(3,344)

(53)

(105,015)

-

(1,639)

(345)

(113,439)

87,073

(6,640)

(3,999)

(36)

(80)

(1,680)

(12,435)

(125,874)

130,701

5,585

42,130

4,267

78,719

130,701

2021

£000

14,322

236

2,372

16,746

11,043

-

3,433

5

48,157

50,550

72,511

-

3,319

19,641

320

146,341

194,498

(672)

(3,995)

(53)

(76,212)

-

(1,218)

(243)

(82,393)

63,948

-

(5,731)

(38)

(140)

(474)

(6,383)

(88,776)

105,722

5,075

31,600

4,131

64,916

105,722

Company

2022

£000

-

-

1,850

9,333

-

55,108

191

-

66,482

-

111

13,023

1,067

5

-

14,206

80,688

(3,043)

-

-

(2,722)

(59)

-

-

(5,824)

8,382

(6,640)

-

-

-

-

(6,640)

(12,464)

68,224

5,585

42,130

3,961

16,548

68,224

2021

£000

-

-

2,372

8,919

-

41,961

191

-

53,443

-

-

1,127

3,319

7

-

4,453

57,896

(672)

-

-

(294)

-

(84)

-

(1,050)

3,403

-

-

-

-

-

-

(1,050)

56,846

5,075

31,600

3,699

16,472

56,846

Steve Ellwood – Director
Paul Roberts - Director
The Company generated profit after tax of £3,415,000 (2021: profit of £3,670,000). The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 31 January 2023 and 
signed on its behalf. The notes on pages 73-109 form part of these financial statements.

69

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

As at 31 October 2022

Group

At 31 October 2020

Share
capital

£000

5,013

Share 
premium 
account
£000

30,637

Other
reserves

£000

3,525

Profit for the year 
Net change in the fair value of cashflow hedges taken to 
equity, net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners of the Company, recognised 
directly in equity:

Shares issued during the year

Dividends

Equity settled share-based payment transactions

Total contributions by and distributions to owners of 
the Company

-

-

-

62

-

-

62

-

-

-

963

-

-

963

-

-

-

-

-

343

343

At 31 October 2021

5,075

31,600

3,868

Profit for the year 
Net change in the fair value of cashflow hedges 
taken to equity, net of tax

Recycle cashflow hedge to Income Statement

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners of the Company, recognised 
directly in equity:
Shares issued during the year

Dividends

Equity settled share-based payment transactions

Total contributions by and distributions to owners of 
the Company

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

510

10,530

-

-

-

-

510

10,530

-

-

-

-

-

-

262

262

Cash Flow 
Hedge 
Reserve 
£000

-

-

263

263

-

-

-

-

263

-

(2,462)

2,336

(126)

Retained 
earnings

Total

£000

£000

59,003

98,178

8,934

-

8,934

8,934

263

9,197

-

(3,021)

-

1,025

(3,021)

343

(3,021)

(1,653)

64,916

105,722

17,142

17,142

-

-

(2,462)

2,336

17,142

17,016

-

-

-

-

-

(3,339)

-

11,040

(3,339)

262

(3,339)

7,963

At 31 October 2022

5,585

42,130

4,130

137

78,719

130,701

All amounts are derived from continuing operations.

The notes on pages 73-109 form part of these financial statements.

70

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
Company Statement of Changes in Equity

As at 31 October 2022

Company

At 31 October 2020

Profit for the year 

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners of the Company, recognised directly in equity:

Shares issued during the year

Dividends

Equity settled share-based payment transactions

Total contributions by and distributions to owners of the Company

Share 
capital 

£000

5,013

Share 
premium
account
£000

30,637

Other
reserves

Retained 
earnings

Total

£000

3,356

£000

£000

15,823

54,829

-

-

62

-

-

62

-

-

963

-

-

963

-

-

-

-

343

343

3,670

3,670

3,670

3,670

-

(3,021)

-

(3,021)

1,025

(3,021)

343

(1,653)

At 31 October 2021

5,075

31,600

3,699

16,472

56,846

Profit for the year 

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners of the Company, recognised directly in equity:

Shares issued during the year

Dividends

Equity settled share-based payment transactions

-

-

-

-

510

10,530

-

-

-

-

Total contributions by and distributions to owners of the Company

510

10,530

-

-

-

-

262

262

3,415

3,415

3,415

3,415

-

(3,339)

-

(3,339)

11,040

(3,339)

262

7,963

At 31 October 2022

5,585

42,130

3,961

16,548

68,224

The notes on pages 73-109 form part of these financial statements.

There was no other comprehensive income during the current and prior years.

71

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022Consolidated and Company Cash Flow Statement

As at 31 October 2022

Group

Company

Note

2022
£000

2021
£000

2022
£000

2021
£000

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from operations

Interest received

Interest paid

Net movement in provisions

Tax paid

Net cash generated / (used) from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Acquisition of business and assets, net of cash acquired

Acquisition of subsidiary undertakings, net of cash acquired                    

Decrease in short term loans to joint ventures               

Disposal of investments

Dividends received from joint ventures

Dividends received from subsidiaries

Net cash (used) / generated by investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities 

Proceeds from the issue of ordinary share capital

Proceeds from new loans

Lease payments

Repayment of borrowings 

Dividends paid to shareholders

Net cash generated from / (used in) financing activities

33

3

3

22

16

35

35

27

23

24

34

11

Net (decrease) / increase in cash and cash equivalents
Effects of exchange rate changes

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

23

The notes on pages 73-109 form part of these financial statements.

13,839

10,577

(12,185)

(1,098)

166

(399)

-

(3,342)

10,264

264

(3,560)

(98)

(10,136)

2,252 

7

4

-

193

(102)

(96)

(1,462)

9,110

340

(1,563)

(2,156)

(82)

570

-

753

-

(11,267)

(2,138)

11,040

9,485

(4,229)

(474)

(3,339)

12,483

11,480

56

19,641

31,177

1,025

-

(4,392)

(900)

(3,021)

(7,288)

(316)

(23)

19,980

19,641

-

(171)

-

-

(12,356)

-

(905)

-

(11,147)

2,252

-

4

5,438

(4,358)

11,040

9,485

-

(474)

(3,339)

(16,712)

(2)

-

7

5

55

(4)

-

(103)

(1,150)

-

(427)

-

-

570

-

753

3,150

4,046

1,025

-

-

(900)

(3,021)

(2,896)

-

-

7

7

72

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
Principal Accounting Policies

GENERAL INFORMATION
Wynnstay Group Plc has a number of operations. These are described in the segmental analysis in note 2.

Wynnstay  Group  Plc  is  a  company  incorporated  and  domiciled  in  the  United  Kingdom.  The  address  of  its  registered  office  is  Eagle  House, 
Llansantffraid Ym Mechain, Powys, SY22 6AQ. The Company has its primary listing on AIM, part of the London Stock Exchange.

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Group’s principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these financial statements are set out below.

BASIS OF PREPARATION

BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION 

The Group’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance 
with  UK  adopted  International  Accounting  Standards.  The  Group 
financial  statements  have  been  prepared  under  the  historical  cost 
convention other than certain assets which are at deemed cost under 
the transition rules, share-based payments which are included at fair 
value  and  certain  financial  instruments  which  are  explained  in  the 
relevant section below. A summary of the material Group accounting 
policies is set out below and have been applied consistently.

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  UK 
adopted  International  Accounting  Standards  requires  the  use  of 
certain critical accounting estimates and assumptions that affect the 
reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial 
statements,  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses 
during  the  reporting  period.  Although  these  estimates  are  based  on 
management’s best knowledge of the amount, event or actions, actual 
results ultimately may differ from those estimates.

The Group has taken advantage of the audit exemption available under 
section 479(c) of the Companies Act 2006 for five of its subsidiaries, 
Glasson  Group  (Lancaster)  Limited  (company  number  03230345), 
Youngs Animal Feeds Limited (company number 04128486), Humphrey 
Poultry  (Holdings)  Limited  (company  number  13882065),  Humphrey 
Feeds  Limited  (company  number  00884405)  and  Humphrey  Pullets 
Limited  (company  number  06780228).    The  Company  has  provided 
parent guarantees to these subsidiaries which have taken advantage 
of the exemption from audit.

GOING CONCERN

The  Directors  have  prepared  the  financial  information  presented  for 
the Group and Company on a going concern basis having considered 
the principal risks to the business and the possible impact of plausible 
downside trading scenarios. The Board have concluded that they have 
a reasonable expectation that the Group and Company has adequate 
resources  to  continue  in  operational  existence  for  the  foreseeable 
future,  and  that  the  going  concern  assumption  is  appropriate.  The 
impact  of  the  Covid-19  pandemic  has  been  considered  and  while 
the situation continues to evolve, the likely effect on sales, profits and 
cashflows is considered unlikely to be significant.

The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect 
its  future  development,  performance  and  position  are  set  out  in  the 
Strategic report on pages 5-35. The financial position of the Group and 
the principal risks and uncertainties are also described in the Strategic 
report.

The  Group  has  a  sound  financial  base  and  forecasts  that  show 
profitable trading and sufficient cash flow and resources to meet the 
requirements  of  the  business,  including  compliance  with  banking 
covenants and on-going liquidity. In assessing their view of the likely 
future  financial  performance  of  the  Group,  the  Directors  consider 
industry  outlooks  from  a  variety  of  sources,  and  various  trading 
scenarios.  This  analysis  showed  that  the  Group  is  well  placed  to 
manage  its  business  risks  successfully  despite  the  current  uncertain 
economic  outlook.  More  detail  on  outlook  is  contained  within  the 
Strategic Report on page 5-35.

In  conclusion,  the  Directors  have  a  reasonable  expectation  that  the 
Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for 
the foreseeable future. Thus, they continue to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting in preparing the annual financial statements 

73

The Group’s consolidated financial statements incorporate the finan-
cial statements of Wynnstay Group Plc (‘the Company’) and entities 
controlled by Wynnstay Group Plc (its ‘subsidiaries’) together with the 
Group’s share of the results of its joint ventures and associates.

Where the company has control over an investee, it is classified as a 
subsidiary. The company controls an investee if all three of the follow-
ing elements are present: power over the investee, exposure to varia-
ble returns from the investee, and the ability of the investor to use its 
power to affect those variable returns. Control is reassessed whenever 
facts and circumstances indicate that there may be a change in any of 
these elements of control.

De-facto control exists in situations where the company has the practi-
cal ability to direct the relevant activities of the investee without holding 
the majority of the voting rights. In determining whether de- facto con-
trol exists the company considers all relevant facts and circumstances, 
including:

• 

the size of the company’s voting rights relative to both the size 
and dispersion of other parties who hold voting rights;

•  substantive potential voting rights held by the company and by 

other parties;

•  other contractual arrangements; and

•  historic patterns in voting attendance.

The consolidated financial statements present the results of the com-
pany and its subsidiaries (“the Group”) as if they formed a single entity. 
Intercompany transactions and balances between Group companies 
are therefore eliminated in full.

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the results of busi-
ness combinations using the acquisition method. In the statement of 
financial position, the acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and con-
tingent  liabilities  are  initially  recognised  at  their  fair  values  at  the  ac-
quisition date. The fair value of contingent consideration is assessed 
using management judgement to reflect the likelihood of the pertinent 
matters being achieved. The results of acquired operations are includ-
ed in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income from the 
date on which control is obtained. They are deconsolidated from the 
date on which control ceases.

Associates are entities over which the Group has significant influence 
but not control, generally accompanied by a share of between 20% 
and 50% of the voting rights. Joint ventures are entities over which the 
Group has joint control. Investments in joint ventures and associates 
are accounted for using the equity method. In the Company financial 
statements, investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates 
are accounted for at cost.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Revenue  is  income  arising  for  the  sale  of  goods  and  services  in  the 
ordinary  course  of  the  Group’s  activities,  net  of  value  added  taxes 
and discounts. Revenue is recognised when performance obligations 
are  satisfied,  and  control  has  transferred  to  the  customer.  Although 
the  Group  does  provide  some  services  (agronomy,  such  as  analysis 
of  nutritional  content  of  silage  samples),  the  majority  of  the  revenue 
relates  to  sale  of  goods  and  consequently  the  level  of  judgement 
required to determine the transaction price or the timing of transfer of 
control is low. All revenue is derived from UK operations. The Group 
uses two main operating segments which relate to how our customers 
purchase products, as described below:

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022Agriculture

For feed, seed, fertiliser and other agricultural products sold in bulk to 
farmer customers, revenue is recognised on collection by, or delivery 
to, the customer and the Group had evidence that all criteria for ac-
ceptance have been satisfied.

Specialist Agricultural Merchanting

For goods sold in depots, revenue is recognised at the point of sale. 
For  goods  sold  through  catalogues  or  online,  revenue  is  recognised 
on collection by, or delivery to, the customer. Some contracts provide 
customers with a limited right of return, but historical experience has 
shown that the value of these returns is immaterial.

Additionally  the  Group  recognises  an  “Others”  segment  for  any 
minor peripheral activities not readily attributable to either of the main 
segments.

the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income. Once recognised, an 
impairment of goodwill is not reversed.  

IMPAIRMENT OF ASSETS

At  each  reporting  date,  the  Group  assesses  whether  there  is  any 
indication  that  a  non-financial  asset  may  be  impaired.  Where  an 
indicator  of  impairment  exists,  the  Group  makes  an  estimate  of 
recoverable amount. Where the carrying amount of an asset exceeds 
its  recoverable  amount  the  asset  is  written  down  to  its  recoverable 
amount. Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to 
sell and value in use and is considered for each individual asset. If the 
asset  does  not  generate  cash  flows  that  are  largely  independent  of 
those from other assets or groups of assets, the recoverable amount 
of the cash generating unit to which the asset belongs is determined. 
Discount rates reflecting the asset specific risks and the time value of 
money are used for the value in use calculation.

GRANT INCOME

INVESTMENT PROPERTY 

Government  grants  are  recognised  in  profit  or  loss  on  a  systematic 
basis  over  the  periods  in  which  the  Group  recognises  expenses  for 
the  related  costs  for  which  the  grants  are  intended  to  compensate, 
which in the case of grants relating to an asset set where the grant 
is  treated  as  deferred  income  or  by  deducting  it  from  the  carrying 
amount of the asset. The Group only recognises grant income when 
the performance conditions for receiving the grant are met and there 
is a more than 50% likelihood that the grant will not require repayment 
in a subsequent period.

Investment property held to earn rentals and/or for capital appreciation, 
is  initially  measured  at  cost  and  subsequently  stated  at  fair  value  at 
the reporting date, as determined by the directors and is periodically 
supported by external valuers. Gains or losses arising from changes 
in the fair value of investment property are recognised in the income 
statement in the period in which they arise.

Gains or losses on disposal of an investment property are recognised 
in the income statement on the unconditional completion of the sale. 

FINANCE INCOME

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Finance income is recognised when it is probable that the econom-
ic benefits will flow to the Group and the amount of revenue can be 
measured reliably. Finance income is accrued on a time basis, by ref-
erence  to  the  principal  outstanding  and  at  the  effective  interest  rate 
applicable.

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated 
depreciation and any provision for impairment losses. Depreciation is 
provided at rates calculated to write off the cost less estimated residual 
value of fixed assets over their expected useful lives as follows:

• 

freehold property 2.5% - 5% per annum straight line;

AMORTISATION  OF  INTANGIBLE  ASSETS,  SHARE-BASED 
PAYMENTS AND NON-RECURRING EXPENSE ITEMS 

• 

leasehold land and building and right of use assets is over the 
period of the lease;

Amortisation  of  acquired  intangible  assets,  share-based  payment 
expense and non-recurring items that are material by size and/or by 
nature are presented within their relevant income statement category 
but highlighted separately on the face of the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income and within a note to the financial statements, 
see  note  5.  The  separate  disclosure  of  profit  before  these  items 
helps  provide  a  better  indication  of  the  Group’s  underlying  business 
performance  as  discussed  in  the  non-IFRS  alternative  performance 
measure ‘Underlying pre-tax profit’ in the Finance Review on page 27-
29.

Events which may give rise to non-recurring items include, but are not 
limited to, gains or losses on the disposal of subsidiaries/businesses, 
gains or losses on the disposal or revaluation of properties, gains or 
losses on the disposal of investments, the restructuring of the business, 
the integration of new businesses, acquisition related costs, changes 
to  estimates  in  relation  to  deferred  and  contingent  consideration  for 
prior period business combinations and asset impairments including 
impairment of goodwill.

EMPLOYMENT BENEFIT COSTS  

The Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme. Contri-
butions to this scheme are charged to the Group Statement of Com- 
prehensive Income as they are incurred, in accordance with the rules 
of the scheme.

GOODWILL

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair 
value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the 
acquired entity at the date of the acquisition. At the date of acquisition, 
goodwill  is  allocated  to  cash  generating  units  for  the  purpose  of 
impairment testing. Goodwill is recognised as an asset and assessed 
for impairment annually. Any impairment is recognised immediately in 

•  plant  and  machinery  and  office  equipment  10%  -  33%  per 

annum straight line; and

•  motor vehicles 20% - 30% per annum straight line.

If the expenditure provides incremental future benefits so that it improves 
the earning capacity or extends the life of the non-current asset beyond 
its originally intended useful economic life, then it is treated as capital 
expenditure. This is usually the case with non-climate compliant assets 
where the Group seeks to modify appropriate assets where possible 
as  it  works  towards  its  zero-carbon  footprint  commitment  which  is 
detailed  in  the  strategic  report.  Climate  uncertainty  does  not  have  a 
material  impact  on  the  assessment  of  useful  lives  as  the  assets  are 
considered to be fit for purpose over the assessed useful economic 
lives with reasonable repairs and maintenance. 

The  impact  of  historical  climate  related  incidents  indicates  that  any 
financial  impact  on  physical  assets,  including  adapting  them  for  use 
is  addressed  by  our  existing  capital  programme.  Major  renovations 
are depreciated over the remaining useful life of the related asset or 
to the date of the next major renovation, whichever is sooner. Gains 
and losses on disposals are calculated by comparing proceeds with 
carrying amount and are included in the income statement.

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Following  initial  recognition  of  an  intangible  asset,  the  cost  model  is 
applied  requiring  the  asset  to  be  held  at  cost  less  any  accumulated 
amortisation and impairment. Amortisation begins when the asset is 
ready for use.

This type of expenditure primarily relates to internally developed, com-
puter  operating  and  financial  software  and  website  projects  for  the 
Group and are amortised on a straight-line basis over their useful eco- 
nomic lives of three to seven years.

74

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
Principal Accounting Policies continued

The cost of an intangible asset acquired in a business combination with 
a definite useful life (three to eight years) is amortised on a straight-line 
basis, with the carrying value being its fair value at the acquisition date. 
Where intangibles (including brands) have an indefinite life, they are not 
amortised, but assessed for impairment during the year. See Note 13 
for details on intangibles movement during the period.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Recognition and derecognition 

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised when the Group 
becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the financial instru-
ment.

Financial assets are derecognised when the contractual rights to the 
cash flows from the financial asset expire, or when the financial asset 
and substantially all the risks and rewards are transferred. A financial 
liability is derecognised when it is extinguished, discharged, cancelled 
or expires.

Classification and initial measurement of financial assets 

Except  for  those  trade  receivables  that  do  not  contain  a  significant 
financing component and are measured at the transaction price in ac- 
cordance with IFRS 15, all financial assets are initially measured at fair 
value adjusted for transaction costs (where applicable).

Financial assets, other than those designated and effective as hedging 
instruments, are classified into the following categories:

•  amortised cost

• 

fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL)

• 

fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI). 

The classification is determined by both:

• 

the entity’s business model for managing the financial asset

• 

the contract cash flow characteristics of the financial asset.

Subsequent measurement of financial assets  

Financial assets and liabilities at amortised cost 

Financial assets are measured at amortised cost if the assets meet the 
following conditions (and are not designated as FVTPL): 

• 

• 

they are held within a business model whose objective is to hold 
the financial assets and collect its contractual cash flows 

the  contractual  terms  of  the  financial  assets  give  rise  to  cash 
flows  that  are  solely  payments  of  principal  and  interest  on  the 
principal amount outstanding 

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) 

Financial assets that are held within a different business model other 
than ‘hold to collect’ or ‘hold to collect and sell’ are categorised at fair 
value through profit and loss. Further, irrespective of business model 
financial assets whose contractual cash flows are not solely payments 
of  principal  and  interest  are  accounted  for  at  FVTPL.  All  derivative 
financial instruments fall into this category, except for those designated 
and effective as hedging instruments, for which the hedge accounting 
requirements apply, (see below) and will be charged through cost of 
sales in the income statement. 

Impairment of financial assets  

IFRS 9’s impairment requirements use more forward-looking informa-
tion  to  recognise  expected  credit  losses  –  the  ‘expected  credit  loss 
(ECL) model’.

Instruments included loans and other debt-type financial assets meas-
ured at amortised cost and FVOCI, trade receivables, contract assets 
recognised and measured under IFRS 15 and loan commitments and 
some financial guarantee contracts (for the issuer) that are not meas-
ured at fair value through profit or loss.

Recognition of credit losses is no longer dependent on the Group first 

75

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

identifying a credit loss event. Instead, the Group considers a broader 
range of information when assessing credit risk and measuring expect- 
ed credit losses, including past events, current conditions, reasonable 
and supportable forecasts that affect the expected collectability of the 
future cash flows of the asset.

12-month expected credit losses’ are recognised for the first category 
while ‘lifetime expected credit losses’ are recognised for the second 
category.

Measurement of the expected credit losses is determined by a prob- 
ability-weighted estimate of credit losses over the expected life of the 
financial  asset.  For  large  one-off  balances  where  there  is  no  histori-
cal experience, analysis is completed in respect of several reasonably 
possible scenarios.

Other Investments 

Investments  are  measured  at  fair  value  in  the  statement  of  financial 
position,  with  value  changes  recognised  in  profit  or  loss,  except  for 
those equity investments for which the Group has specifically elected 
to present fair value changes are then shown in ‘other comprehensive 
income’. Cost is used as an appropriate estimate of the fair value for 
investments where in limited cases there is insufficient, recent informa-
tion available to measure fair value.

Trade and other receivables and loans to joint ventures 

Trade  receivables  are  initially  recognised  at  their  transaction  price. 
When  a  trade  receivable  is  uncollectible,  it  is  written  off  against  the 
impairment provision for trade receivables. Subsequent recoveries of 
amounts previously written off are credited against costs in the income 
statement. Short-term trade receivables do not carry any interest and 
are stated at their amortised cost, as reduced by appropriate allow-
ances for estimated irrecoverable amounts.

The Group makes use of a simplified approach in accounting for trade 
and other receivables and records the loss allowance as lifetime ex-
pected credit losses. These are the expected shortfalls in contractual 
cash flows, considering the potential for default at any point during the 
life of the financial instrument.

The Group uses its historical experience, external indicators and for- 
ward-looking information to calculate the expected credit losses.

The Group assess impairment of trade receivables on a collective ba-
sis  where  they  possess  shared  credit  risk  characteristics,  they  have 
been grouped based on sector industry global default rates. Refer to 
Note 13 for a detailed analysis of how the impairment requirements of 
IFRS 9 are applied.

Financial liabilities and equity 

Financial  liabilities  and  equity  instruments  are  classified  according  to 
the substance of the contractual arrangements entered. An equity in-
strument is any contract that provides a residual interest in the assets 
of  a  business  after  deducting  all  other  liabilities.  Equity  instruments 
is- sued by the Group are recorded as the proceeds received, net of 
direct issue costs.

Classification and measurement of financial liabilities 

The  Group’s  financial  liabilities  include  borrowings,  trade  and  other 
payables, derivative financial instruments and financial lease liabilities.

Financial  liabilities  are  initially  measured  at  fair  value,  and,  where 
applicable, adjusted for transaction costs unless the Group designated 
a financial liability at fair value through profit or loss.

Subsequently,  financial  liabilities  are  measured  at  amortised  cost 
using the effective interest method except for derivatives and financial 
liabilities  designated  at  FVTPL,  which  are  carried  subsequently  at 
fair value with gains or losses recognised in profit or loss (other than 
derivative  financial  instruments  that  are  designated  and  effective  as 
hedging instruments).

All  interest-related  charges  and,  if  applicable,  changes  in  an 
instrument’s fair value that are reported in profit or loss are included 
within finance costs.

Borrowings

Interest-bearing  bank  loans  and  overdrafts  are  initially  recorded  at 
fair  value,  net  of  attributable  transaction  costs.  Subsequent  to  initial 
recognition, interest-bearing borrowings are stated at amortised cost 
with  any  difference  between  proceeds  and  redemption  value  being 
recognised in the Group Statement of Consolidated Income over the 
period of the borrowings on an effective interest basis.

Prepaid fees in relation to issuance of debt are held on the statement 
of  financial  position  on  the  basis  that  such  issuance  is  considered 
probable. If issues do not occur, or are deemed not to be probable, 
such fees are recognised in the income statement.

Financial guarantees 

Composite  financial  guarantees  (not  within  the  definition  of  IFRS  9) 
over the general bank obligations of subsidiaries for debt instruments 
held at amortised cost.

Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables are non-interest bearing and are stated at 
their fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method.

Derivative financial instruments 

Derivative  financial  instruments  are  used  to  manage  exposure  to 
market risks. The principal derivative instruments used by Wynnstay are 
foreign exchange forward contracts and futures. The Group does not 
hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative 
purposes. Derivative financial assets and liabilities are measured at fair 
value. Changes in the fair value of any derivative instruments that do 
not  qualify  for  hedge  accounting  are  recognised  immediately  in  the 
income statement. 

Hedge accounting  

At  inception  of  the  hedge  relationship,  the  group  documents  the 
economic  relationship  between  hedging  instruments  and  hedged 
items,  including  whether  changes  in  the  cash  flows  of  the  hedging 
instruments  are  expected  to  offset  changes  in  the  cash  flows  of 
hedged  items.  The  group  documents  its  risk  management  objective 
and strategy for undertaking its hedge transactions.   

Derivatives  designated  as  hedging  instruments  are  classified  at 
inception of hedge relationship as cash flow hedges. Changes in the 
fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are recognised 
in  other  comprehensive  income  to  the  extent  that  the  hedges  are 
effective. Ineffective portions are recognised in profit or loss immediately. 
Amounts deferred in other comprehensive income are reclassified to 
the  income  statement  when  the  hedged  item  affects  profit  or  loss. 
When  a  hedging  instrument  expires  or  is  sold,  or  when  a  hedge  no 
longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or 
loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised 
when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in the income 
statement.  When  or  if  a  forecast  transaction  is  no  longer  expected 
to  occur,  the  cumulative  gain  or  loss  that  was  reported  in  equity  is 
immediately transferred in full to the income statement.

Both the ineffective portions and recycled amounts from OCI are put 
through cost of sales, as management consider these to be integral to 
commercial operations, rather than finance related. 

Accounting for changes in credit risk 

Accounting standards require that the fair value of financial instruments 
reflects  their  credit  quality  and  also  changes  in  credit  quality  where 
there  is  evidence  that  this  has  occurred.  The  credit  risk  associated 
with  the  Group’s  derivatives  is  reviewed  at  Treasury  Management 
Committee meetings monthly where the impact is not material, due to 
the Group strong financial position.

INVENTORIES 

Inventories (covering raw materials, consumables, finished goods and 
goods  for  resale)  are  stated  at  the  lower  of  cost  and  net  realisable 

value. Biological inventories are measured at fair value less estimated 
cost  to  sell  at  the  point  of  harvest.  Cost  comprises  direct  materials 
and, where applicable, direct labour costs and those overheads that 
have been incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location 
and  condition.  Where  appropriate,  cost  is  calculated  on  a  specific 
identification basis. Otherwise, inventories are valued using the first-in-
first-out method. Net realisable value represents the estimated selling 
price less all estimated costs to completion and costs to be incurred in 
marketing, selling and distribution.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 

For the purposes of the Statement of financial position, cash and cash 
equivalents comprise cash at bank, cash in hand, money market funds 
and short-term deposits with an original maturity of three months or 
less.  For  the  Consolidated  and  Company  statement  of  cash  flows, 
cash  and  cash  equivalents  consist  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents  as 
defined above, net of outstanding bank overdrafts.  

LEASES 

The Group as a lessee, accounts for all leases by recognising a right-of-
use asset and a lease liability. At inception, the Group assess whether 
the contract contains a lease or is a lease. A lease is determined when 
the contract conveys the right to control an identified asset for a period 
of time in exchange for consideration. The Group recognises a right-of- 
use asset and a corresponding lease liability for all lease agreements 
in which the Group is the lessee at the lease commencement date.

The right-of-use asset is initially measured at cost, which comprises 
the  initial  lease  liability  adjusted  for  any  lease  payment  made  at  or 
before the commencement date, plus any indirect initial costs incurred 
and an estimate of costs to dismantle and remove the underlying asset 
or to restore the underlying asset or the site on which it is located, less 
any lease incentives received.

The  right-of-use  assets  are  then  subsequently  depreciated  using 
the  straight-line  method  or  reducing  balance  method  from  the 
commencement date to the earlier of the lease term or useful life of 
the underlying asset. Right-of-use assets are reviewed for indicators of 
impairment on an annual basis.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease 
payments that are not paid at the commencement date, discounted at 
the rate implicit in the lease, or, if the rate cannot be determined, the 
Group’s incremental borrowing rate.

The  incremental  borrowing  rate  is  based  on  the  (i)  reference  rate,  (ii) 
financing spread and (iii) lease specific adjustments. The reference rate 
is based on the UK Nominal Gilts aligned with the tenor of the lease 
observed  at  the  time  of  signing  the  contract.  The  financing  spread 
is  based  on  the  term  of  the  debt,  level  of  indebtedness,  entity  and 
economic environment. 

Lease  payments  included  in  the  measurement  of  lease  liabilities 
includes the following:

•  Fixed payments including in-substance fixed payments;

•  Variable lease payments that depend on an index or rate, initially 
measured using the index or rate at the commencement date; 
and

•  The amount expected to be payable by the lessee under residual 

value guarantees

The  Group  remeasures  the  lease  liability  when  there  is  a  change  in 
the  future  lease  payments  arising  from  a  change  in  rate  or  index  or, 
a  modification  to  the  lease  that  is  not  accounted  for  as  a  separate 
lease.  In  the  latter  case,  the  lease  liability  is  remeasured  by  using  a 
revised discount rate. When the lease liability has been remeasured, a 
corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying amount of the right- 
of-use asset or is recorded in the profit or loss account if the carrying 
amount of the right-of-use asset has been reduced to zero.

The Group has opted not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease 

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022       Wynnstay Group Plc

76

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
A dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognised as 
a liability in the Group’s financial statements in the period in which the 
shareholders’ right to receive payment of the dividend is established.  

FOREIGN CURRENCY 

The consolidated financial statements are presented in Sterling, which 
is the parent company’s functional currency.

Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are initially recorded in 
the Group’s functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at 
the dates of transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated 
in  foreign  currencies  are  retranslated  into  Sterling  at  the  rates  of 
exchange ruling at the reporting date. Differences arising on translation 
are charged or credited to the income statement. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES 

The  Group  makes  certain  judgements  and  assumptions  about  the 
measurement  of  certain  assets,  liabilities,  revenues  and  expenses.  
These  assessments  are  continually  evaluated  based  on  historic 
experience and expectations of future events that are believed to be 
reasonable  under  the  circumstances.  Actual  experience  may  differ 
from these estimates and assumptions, however we believe these are 
not significant nor likely to cause a material adjustment to the carrying 
amount of assets and liabilities within the next financial year.

Business combinations = Valuation techniques are used to determine 

the fair value of certain assets and liabilities acquired in a business 

combination, including the fair value of contingent consideration 

which  is  dependent  on  the  outcome  of  variables  such  as  future 
profitability.

Useful lives and residual values = A review of useful lives and residual 

values of tangible and intangible assets is made at each reporting date 

based on the expected utility of those assets. Uncertainties may exist 
in  relation  to  indefinite  life,  technological  obsolescence  and  climate 
related issues that may change the utility of the relevant asset.

Climate change

The  Group  has  considered  climate  change  as  part  of  the  cashflow 
projections  within  going  concern,  impairment  assessments  and 
viability,  and  the  impact  of  climate  change  is  not  deemed  to  have  a 
significant impact on these assessments currently and therefore they 
are  not  deemed  to  be  a  key  source  of  estimation  uncertainty.  The 
Group will continue to monitor the impacts of climate change over the 
coming years.

Principal Accounting Policies continued

liabilities for low value assets and short-term leases (defined as a lease 
with a lease term of 12 months or less). Instead, the lease payments 
are recognised as an operating expense on a straight-line basis over 
the length of the lease term or on a systematic basis.

CURRENT AND DEFERRED INCOME TAX

The tax charge/credit for the year comprises current and deferred tax. 
Tax is recognised in the income statement, except to the extent that it 
relates to items recognised directly in other comprehensive income. In 
this case, the tax is recognised in other comprehensive income.

Current tax assets and current tax liabilities are measured at the amount 
expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities. The 
tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are 
enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.

Management  periodically  evaluates  positions  taken  in  tax  returns 
with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject 
to  interpretation.  Group  relief  claimed/surrendered  between  UK 
companies is paid for at the applicable tax rate of 19% (2021: 19%) 
for the year.

Deferred income taxation is provided in full using the liability method 
on  temporary  differences  arising  between  the  tax  bases  of  assets 
and  liabilities  and  their  carrying  amounts  in  the  Group’s  financial 
statements, at rates expected to apply when they reverse, based on 
current tax rates and law. Deferred income taxation is not provided on 
the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction, other than a 
business combination, if at the time of the transaction there is no effect 
on either accounting or taxable profit or loss.

Deferred income tax assets are recognised to the extent that there are 
future taxable temporary differences from the unwind of the deferred 
income  tax  liabilities,  against  which  these  deductible  temporary 
differences can be utilised or other future taxable profits. Deferred tax 
assets and liabilities are not discounted. Deferred income taxation is 
determined using the tax rates and laws that have been enacted, or 
substantively enacted during the year and are expected to apply in the 
periods in which the related deferred tax asset or liability is reversed. 
No material uncertain tax positions exist as at 31 October 2022.

DEFERRED INCOMEl

Amounts  received  prior  to  the  delivery  of  goods  and  services  are 
recorded as deferred income and released to the income statement 
as they are provided.

PROVISIONS

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation 
(legal or constructive) as a result of a past event and it is probable 
that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be 
required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made 
of the amount of the obligation. Provisions are measured at the best 
estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligation at the 
reporting date and are discounted, where material, to present value 
using a current, pre-tax rate that reflects, where appropriate, the 
risks specific to the liability.

A restructuring provision is recognised when the Group has developed 
a  detailed  formal  plan  for  the  restructuring  and  has  raised  a  valid 
expectation in those affected that it will carry out the restructuring by 
starting to implement the plan or announcing its main features to those 
affected by it. The measurement of a restructuring provision includes 
only the direct expenditures arising from the restructuring, which are 
those amounts that are both necessarily entailed by the restructuring 
and not associated with the ongoing activities of the Group.

SHARE CAPITAL 

Ordinary  shares  are  classified  as  equity  and  are  recorded  at  the  par 
value of proceeds received, net of direct issue costs, allowing for any 
reductions in the par value. Where shares are issued above par value, 
the proceeds in excess of par value are recorded in the share premium 
account.

DIVIDEND DISTRIBUTION

77

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022Notes to the Financial Statements

For the year ended 31 October 2022

1.  GENERAL INFORMATION & SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Company is taking advantage of the exemption in s408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to present its individual income statement and 
related notes that form part of these approved financial statements.  

Changes in accounting policies and disclosures

a) New standards, interpretations and amendments effective from 31 October 2021

New standards impacting the Group adopted in the annual financial statements for the year ended 31 October 2022, and which have given rise 
to changes in the Group’s accounting policies but have not had any significant impact on adoption are as follows:

•  Amendments to IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts – deferral of IFRS 9 (issued on 25 June 2020)

1 January 2021

•  Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16 Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Phase 2 

1 January 2021

(issued on 27 August 2020) 

•  Amendments to IFRS 16 Leases: Covid-19-Related Rent Concessions beyond 30 June 2021

1 April 2021

 (issued on 31 March 2021)

The amendments listed above did not have any impact on the amounts recognised in prior periods and are not expected to significantly affect 
the current or future periods.

b) New accounting pronouncements, that are not yet effective and have not been adopted early by the Group, to be adopted on or after 1 
January 2023

•  Amendments to IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts (issued on 18 May 2 017 and including amendments 

issued on 25 June 2020)

•  Amendments to IAS 8 Accounting policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors: Definition of 

Accounting Estimates (issued on 27 August 2020)

•  Amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements and IFRS Practice Statement 2: Disclosure of 

Accounting policies (issued on 12 February 2021)

•  Amendments to IAS 12 Income Taxes: Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single 

Transaction (issued 7 May 2021)

•  Amendments to IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts: Initial Application of IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 Comparative

Information (issued 9 December 2021)

1 January 2023

1 January 2023

1 January 2023

1 January 2023

1 January 2023

The new and amended standards and Interpretations issued by the IASB that will apply for the first time in the next annual financial statements 
are not expected to impact the Group as they are either not relevant to the Group’s activities or require accounting which is consistent with the 
Group’s current accounting policies.

78

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

2. SEGMENTAL REPORTING
IFRS 8 requires operating segments to be identified on the basis of internal financial information about the components of the Group that are 
regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) to allocate resources to the segments and to assess their performance.

The chief operating decision maker has been identified as the Board of Directors (‘the Board’). The Board reviews the Group’s internal reporting 
in order to assess performance and allocate resources. The Board has determined that the operating segments, based on these reports are 
Agriculture, Specialist Agricultural Merchanting and Other.

The Board considers the business from a product/service perspective. In the Board’s opinion, all of the Group’s operations are carried out in the 
same geographical segment, namely the United Kingdom.

Agriculture – manufacturing and supply of animal feeds, fertiliser, seeds and associated agricultural products.

Specialist Agricultural Merchanting – supplies a wide range of specialist products to farmers, smallholders, and pet owners. 

Other – miscellaneous operations not classified as Agriculture or Specialist Agricultural Merchanting.

The  Board  assesses  the  performance  of  the  operating  segments  based  on  a  measure  of  operating  profit.  Non-recurring  costs  and  finance 
income and costs are not included in the segment result that is assessed by the Board. Other information provided to the Board is measured in 
a manner consistent with that in the financial statements. No segment is individually reliant on any one customer.

All revenue during the current and prior financial years have arisen from revenue recognised at a point in time.

The segment results for the year ended 31 October 2022 are as follows:

Year ended 31 October 2022

Revenue from external customers
Segment result
Group operating profit before non-recurring items
Share of results of joint ventures before tax

Non-recurring items

Interest income
Interest expense

Profit before tax from operations

Income taxes (includes tax of joint ventures)

Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders from operations

Other information :
Depreciation and amortisation
Non-current asset additions including acquisitions

Segment assets
Segment liabilities

Add corporate net cash (note 23)
Less corporate and deferred tax liabilities 
Net Assets
Included in segment assets above are the following investments in 
joint ventures and associates

Specialist 
Agricultural 
Merchanting 

Agriculture

£000

£000

564,263

148,771

14,108
553
14,661

7,939
8
7,947

3,772
13,490

146,008
(80,906)

2,591
1,260

75,099
(24,544)

Other

£000

-

(15)
247
232

12
-

4,212
-

Total

£000

713,034

22,032
808
22,840

(1,094)

166
(656)

21,256

(4,114)

17,142

6,375
14,750

225,319
(105,450)
119,869
14,151
(3,319)
130,701

2,746

117

1,150

4,013

There were no revenues from transactions in the year with individual customers which amount to 10% or more of Group revenues.

79

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 20222. SEGMENTAL REPORTING continued

The segment results for the year ended 31 October 2021 are as follows:

Year ended 31 October 2021

£000

£000

Specialist 
Agricultural 
Merchanting 

Agriculture

Other

£000

Total

£000

358,961

141,425

-

500,386

Revenue from external customers

Segment result
Group operating profit before non-recurring items

Share of results of joint ventures and associates before tax

Non-recurring items

Interest income

Interest expense

Profit before tax from operations

Income taxes (includes tax of joint ventures and associates)

Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders from operations

Other Information:
Depreciation and amortisation
Non-current asset additions including acquisitions

Segment assets
Segment liabilities

Add corporate net cash (note 23)
Less corporate and deferred tax liabilitie

Net Assets
Included in segment assets above are the following investments in 
joint ventures and associates

3,697

524

4,221

7,120

33

7,153

(208)

120

(88)

3,463
3,860

101,812
(56,547)

2,676
2,094

66,237
(20,139)

-
-

6,808
-

2,386

115

840

There were no revenues from transactions in the year with individual customers which amount to 10% or more of Group revenues.

3. FINANCE COSTS 

Interest expense:

Interest payable on borrowings

Interest payable on leases

Interest receivable:

Interest received from bank deposits

Interest received from customers

Net finance costs

4. OTHER OPERATING INCOME

Rental income 

Investment income

2022
£000

(399)

(257)

(656)

66

100

166

(490)

2022

£000

333

2

335

10,609

677

11,286

-

193

(383)

11,096

(2,162)

8,934

6,139
5,954

174,857
(76,686)
98,171
9,243
(1,692)

105,722

3,341

2021
£000

(102)

(281)

(383)

57

136

193

(190)

2021

£000

361

-

361

80

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

5. AMORTISATION OF INTANGIBLE ASSETS, IMPAIRMENT OF GOODWILL, SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS AND NON-RECURRING EXPENSE 

ITEMS

Amortisation  of  acquired 
impairment and share-based payments

intangible  assets,  goodwill 

Amortisation of intangibles  
Impairment of goodwill
Cost of share-based reward

Non-recurring items
Business combination expenses
Fair value change in Investment property

2022
£000

154
-
262
416

572
522
1,094

Non-recurring items in 2022 consisted of:

•  Business combination expenses in relation to the acquisition of Humphreys Poultry (Holdings) Limited in March 2022.

•  The fair value change in investment property followed a professional valuation carried out by BNP Paribas Real Estate in July 2022.

6. GROUP OPERATING PROFIT

The following items have been included in arriving at operating profit:

Staff costs

Cost of inventories recognised as an expense

Depreciation of property plant and equipment:  

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

Amortisation of intangibles  

Fair value (gains) / losses on derivative financial instruments  

Hedge ineffectiveness for the period  

(Profit) on disposal of fixed assets

(Profit) on disposal of right-of-use asset

Other operating lease rentals payable

Services provided by the Group’s auditor

During the year the Group obtained the following services from the Group’s auditor:

Audit services – statutory audit

2022
£000

37,724

617,170

2,290

4,085 

154

(627)

104

(132)

(86)

349

2022
£000

175

2021
£000

39
95
343
477

-
-
-

2021
£000

31,085

431,424

2,165

3,974 

39

23

46

(86)

(14)

205

2021
£000

119

Included in the Group audit fee are fees of £25,000 (2019: £5,304) paid to the Group’s auditor in respect of the Parent Company. The fees relating 
to the Parent Company are borne by one of the Group’s subsidiaries and not recharged.

7. SHARE OF POST-TAX PROFITS OF JOINT VENTURES AND ASSOCIATES

Share of post-tax profits in joint ventures

Total share of post-tax profits of joint ventures

81

2022
£000

676

676

2021
£000

572

572

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 20228. STAFF COSTS 

The aggregate payroll costs, including Directors’ emoluments, charged in the financial statements for the Group were as follows:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Pension and other costs

Cost of share-based reward

2022
£000

32,688

3,318

1,456

262

37,724

The average number of employees, including Directors, employed by the Group during the year was as follows:

Administration

Production

Sales, distribution and depots

2022
No.

120

139

684

943

2021
£000

27,053

2,672

1,017

343

31,085

2021
No.

106

143

661

910

The parent company did not have any employees in the current or prior year other than executive directors who are remunerated by other Group 
Companies, and four non-executive directors with a gross cost categorised as fees of £220,000 (2021: £210,000) not included in the above sums.

9. DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION

Directors’ emoluments

Social security costs

Company contributions to money purchase pension schemes

Aggregate gains made on the exercise of Approved options 

2022
£000

1,039

142

48

16

1,245

2021
£000

854

97

37

18

1,006

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

Details  of  the  Directors’  interest  in  the  share  capital  of  the  company,  including  outstanding  share  options  at  the  year  end,  are  provided  in  the 
Directors’ Report. The following remuneration detail is provided in accordance with AIM Rule 19.

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Name of Director

Executives 

Gareth Davies

Paul Roberts

Andrew Evans (retired from the Board 1 December 2020)

Non-Executives 

Jim McCarthy (retired from the Board 31 July 2021)

Steve Ellwood (appointed Chairman 1 March 2021)

Philip Kirkham

Howell Richards

Catherine Bradshaw (appointed to the Board 1 July 2021)

2022
£000 

492

352

n/a

n/a

71

42

40

42

1,039

2021 
£000

327

254

86

35

56

41

40

15

854

82

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

9. DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION  continued
Retirement benefits are accruing to the following number of directors under:

Money purchase pension scheme

Contribution paid by the Group to money purchase pension schemes in respect of such directors were:

Gareth Davies

Paul Roberts

Andrew Evans

Gains made on the exercise of approved share options schemes in respect of such directors were:

Gareth Davies

Paul Roberts

10. TAXATION
Analysis of tax charge in year:

Current tax

- operating activities

- adjustments in respect of prior years

Total current tax

Deferred tax
- accelerated capital allowances
- other temporary and deductible differences

Total deferred tax

Total tax charge for the year

2022
£000

3,627

136

3,763

(76)
295

219

3,982

2022
No.
2

£000

28

20

n/a

48

2022
£000

16

-

16

2021
No.
3

£000

20

16

1

37

2021
£000

9

9

18

2021
£000

1,901

(4)

1,897

57
103

160

2,057

Factors affecting tax charge for the year
The tax assessed for the year is lower (2021: lower) than the standard rate of Corporation Tax in the UK applicable to the Group 19% (2021: 19%) 
and is explained as follows:

Current tax

Profit on activities before tax

Profit on activities multiplied by standard rate of corporation tax in 
the UK of 19.00% (2021: 19.00%)

Effects of:

Tax effect of share of profit of joint ventures and associates

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

Adjustment to tax charge in respect of prior years

Short term timing differences

Accelerated capital allowances

Movement on unrecognised deferred tax 

Other items

Total tax charge for year

Factors that may affect future tax charges

2022
£000

21,124

4,014

(132)

273

136

3

(76)

(366)

130

3,982

2021
£000

10,991

2,088

(105)

3

(4)

-

57

22

(4)

2,057

In the Budget in November 2022, the new Chancellor confirmed that the main rate of Corporation Tax will rise from 19% to 25% with effect from 
April 2023 as had been substantively enacted in May 2021. This will increase the Group’s future tax charge accordingly.

83

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 202211. DIVIDENDS

Final dividend paid for prior year

Interim dividend paid for current year

2022
£000

2,134

1,205

3,339

2021
£000

2,007

1,014

3,021

Subsequent to the year end it has been recommended that a final dividend of 11.60p per ordinary share (2021: 10.50p) be paid on 28 April 2023. 
Together with the interim dividend already paid on 29 October 2022 of 5.40p net per ordinary share (2021: 5.00p) this will result in a total dividend 
for the financial year of 17.00p net per ordinary share (2021: 15.50p).

12. EARNINGS PER SHARE

Earnings attributable to shareholders (£000)

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

2022

17,142

2021

8,934

2022

17,142

2021

8,934

Weighted average number of shares in issue during the year (number ‘000)

20,722

20,120

21,254

20,524

Earnings per ordinary 25p share (pence)

82.72

44.40

80.65

43.53

Basic earnings per 25p ordinary share is calculated by dividing profit for the year from operating activities attributable to ordinary shareholders by 
the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.

For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares is adjusted to assume conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary 
shares (share options) taking into account their exercise price in comparison with the actual average share price during the year.

2022

2021

Weighted average 

Earnings

number of shares 

(number ‘000)

Earnings per ordinary 25p share (pence)

Effect of dilutive securities

Share options

Diluted Earnings per ordinary 25p share 
(pence)

17,142

-

17,142

20,722

532

21,254

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Earnings per 

Earnings

Weighted average 
number of shares 
(number ‘000)

Earnings 
per share

share

82.72

(2.07)

8,934

-

20,120

44.40

404

(0.87)

80.65

8,934

20,524

43.53

84

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

13. GOODWILL

After initial recognition, goodwill is subject to annual impairment tests or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that it might 
be impaired, in accordance with IAS 36.

Group

Cost

At 1 November 2020

Additions – Business Combinations

Impairment Charged

At 31 October 2021 

Additions- Business Combination

At 31 October 2022      

£000’s 
Cost

16,276

50

-

16,326

1,811

18,137

£000’s
Impairment

£000’s
Net book value

(1,909)

-

(95)

(2,004)

-

(2,004)

14,367

50

(95)

14,322

1,811

16,133

Goodwill impairment

Goodwill  arising  on  business  combinations  is  not  amortised  but  is 
reviewed for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently if there 
are  indications  that  goodwill  may  be  impaired.  Goodwill  acquired  in  a 
business  combination  is  allocated  to  groups  of  cash  generating  units 
according to the level at which management monitor that goodwill.

Recoverable amounts for cash generating units are based on the higher 
of value in use and fair value less costs to sell. Value in use is calculated 
from  cash  flow  projections  for  the  next  5  years  using  data  from  the 
Group’s  latest  internal  forecasts,  the  results  of  which  are  reviewed  by 
the Board.

Goodwill  is  allocated  to  specific  cash  generating  units  (“CGU’s”)  as  it 
arises,  and  the  Group  has  a  number  of  CGUs  in  both  the  Agriculture 
and  the  Specialist  Agricultural  Merchanting  sectors.  The  CGU’s  are 
assessed as legal entities and the only change from the prior year has 
been the addition of a Humphrey CGU within the Agriculture segment 
for the acquisition of Humphrey Poultry (Holdings) Limited. 

The carrying amount of goodwill allocated to each CGUs is Glasson
£786,000 (2021: £786,000), Agricultural Supplies £9,930,000 (2021:
£9,930,000), Grainlink £3,606,000 (2021: £3,606,000) and Humphrey 
£1,811,000 (2021: Nil).

Annual impairment reviews were performed by comparing the carrying 
value of the cash generating unit with its recoverable amount.

Key assumptions for the value in use calculations are those regarding 
discount  rates,  growth  rates  and  cashflows  to  be  achieved  expected 
changes  in  margins.  Management  estimate  discount  rates  using  pre-
tax rates that reflect the current market assessment of the time value 
of money and the risks specific to the cash generating units. Changes 
in  selling  prices  and  direct  costs  are  based  on  past  experience  and 
expectations  of  future  changes  in  the  market.  Given  the  current 
economic climate, a sensitivity analysis has been performed in assessing 
the recoverable amounts of goodwill.

A pre-tax discount rate of 7.13% was applied for all 

CGUs  (2021:  7.35%)  except  Humphrey  where  a  rate  of  7.69%  was 
used, with these rates being derived from the Group’s weighted average 
cost of capital of 7.17% (2021: 7.35%) taking into account any specific 
risks relating to each CGU.

The  forecasted  cash  flows  are  extrapolated  based  on  a  2  to  5  year 
average  growth  rate  of  1%  (2021:2%)  and  perpetuity  growth  rate  of 
1.5%  (2021:  2.0%)  for  both  Agriculture  and  Specialist  Agricultural 
Merchanting segmental CGU’s, both of which are considered prudent 
under current uncertain economic conditions.

All  calculations  indicated  adequate  headroom  in  these  results  for  the 
value in use compared to the carrying value. 

Sensitivity  analysis  has  been  considered  for  the  key  assumptions 
by applying a 100 basis point reduction to both the perpetuity growth 
rate and the 2 to 5 year growth rate, and by applying 100 basis point 
increase to the pre-tax discount rate. This had no impact on the result 
of  the  impairment  tests  for  the  continuing  Agriculture  and  Specialist 
Agricultural  Merchanting  CGU’s.  However,  for  the  in-year  acquisition, 
Humphrey,  where  the  pre-tax  discount  and  the  growth  rates  were 
increased  and  decreased  respectively  by  100  basis  points,  an 
impairment of £1.35m was identified where all other variables remained 
constant, with the recoverable amount being £11.00m and the carrying 
value being £12.35m. The pre-tax discount rate would need to increase 
to 7.78% before headroom was extinguished in the Humphrey CGU.

Current general inflationary conditions are not considered an added risk 
factor for the impairment calculations, as the Group’s business model 
ensures input cost increases are passed on as appropriate.   

The impairment within the Agricultural segment during the previous year 
of £95,000 relates to the carrying goodwill held within Glasson Grain Ltd 
relating to Horti Stores, which was acquired in 2015 and which ceased 
trading during that year

85

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 202214. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Group

Cost

Balance as at 1 November 2020

Additions

At 31 October 2021

Additions- Business Combination

(see note 35)

At 31 October 2022

Aggregate amortisation

Balance at 1 November 2020

Charge for the year

At 31 October 2021

Charge for the year

At 31 October 2022

Brand

    £000

Key and other 
customer 
accounts
£000

Customer order books
£000

Trademarks
£000

-

-

-

3,759

3,759

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,095

1,095

-

-

-

113

113

982

-

345

50

395

-

395

126

37

163

39

202

193

232

10

-

10

-

10

4

2

6

2

8

2

4

Net book value At 31 October 2022

Net book value At 31 October 2021

3,759

-

The additions in the year relate to the acquisition of Humphrey Poultry (Holdings) Limited with the intangible items identified 
following a purchase price analysis review which included Brands valued using the relief from royalty method and key and other 
accounts identified using the multiple excess earnings method.

Total 
£000

355

50

405

4,854

5,259

130

39

169

154

323

4,936

236

86

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

15. INVESTMENT PROPERTY  

Investment property relates to a redeveloped retail property in Pwllheli. The amount of rent receivable from the Investment property in the year was 
£211,000 (2021: £205,000). Direct operating expenses associated with this investment property amounted to £17,082 in the year (2021: £18,206).

Group and Company

Balance as at 1 November 2021

Fair value movement

Balance as at 31 October 2022

2022

£000

2,372

(522)

1,850

An Investment property valuation was carried out by BNP Paribas Real Estate on 24 June 2022 which concluded the property had an open market 
valuation of £1,850,000. The market valuation of the investment property was based on a level 2 category valuation where use has been made 
of: sale prices per square metre of similar properties in similar locations, observable current market rents per square metre for similar properties in 
similar locations, and property yields derived from recent transactions. 

Consequentially, the Group and Company have recognised a fair value movement charge of £521,941 in the period which has been charged to 
non-recurring items in the Income Statement, refer to Note 5.  

87

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 202216. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Leasehold land 
and buildings
£000

Freehold land 
and buildings
£000

Plant, 
machinery 
and office 
equipment
£000

Motor
vehicles
£000

Right-of-use
assets
£000

Group

Cost

At 1 November 2020

Additions 

Acquisitions

Disposals

At 31 October 2021

Additions

Acquisitions (see note 35)

Reclassifications

Disposals

Obsolete asset disposals

At 31 October 2022

Depreciation

At 1 November 2020

Charge for the year

On disposals

At 31 October 2021

Charge for the year 

Reclassification

Disposals 

Obsolete asset disposals

At 31 October 2022

Net book value at 31 October 2022

Net book value at 1 November 2021

1,298

153

-

(149)

1,302

172

-

219

-

-

1,693

414

102

(52)

464

113

219

-

-

796

897

838

15,507

333

-

-

15,840

755

1,895

-

-

(446)

18,044

6,032

388

-

6,420

424

-

-

(446)

6,398

11,646

9,420

23,068

3,862

989

-

(333)

23,724

2,552

386

27

(830)

(6,234)

19,625

16,396

1,441

(287)

17,550

1,516

-

(790)

(6,234)

12,042

7,584

6,174

88

-

(816)

3,134

81

285

284

(204)

(2,292)

1,288

3,348

234

(762)

2,820

237

-

(191)

(2,292)

574

714

314

17,067

4,050

241

(588)

20,770

1,749

210

(2760)

(873)

(994)

18,102

5,827

3,974

(74)

9,727

4,085

(2,449)

(469)

(994)

9,900

8,202

11,043

Total
£000

60,802

5,613

241

(1,886)

64,770

5,309

2,776

(2,230)

(1,907)

(9,966)

58,752

32,017

6,139

(1,175)

36,981

6,375

(2,230)

(1,450)

(9,966)

29,710

29,042

27,789

During the period a detailed review of historic records contained in the Group’s fixed asset registers were conducted which identified all obsolete 
items which have been removed from the accounting records and treated as obsolete asset disposals, and reclassification of certain assets. As the 
net book value of these items were zero, there has been no impact on the carrying fair value of the Group’s property, plant and equipment assets. 

88

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

16. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT continued  

Company

Cost 

At 1 November 2020

Additions

At 31 October 2021

Additions

At 31 October 2022

Depreciation

At 1 November 2020

Charge for the year

At 31 October 2021

Charge for the year

At 31 October 2022

Net book value at 31 October 2022

Net book value at 31 October 2021

Leasehold land and 
buildings
£000

Freehold land and 
buildings
£000

664

99

763

150

913

285

78

363

89

452

461

399

13,967

327

14,294

755

15,049

5,409

366

5,775

402

6,177

8,872

8,520

Total
£000

14,631

426

15,057

905

15,962

5,694

444

6,138

491

6,629

9,333

8,919

The Company has no right of use assets in either the year ended 31 October 2022 or 31 October 2021.

89

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 202217. FIXED ASSET INVESTMENTS

Group

Cost 

At 1 November 2020

Share of profit or investment income

Dividend distribution

At 31 October 2021

Share of profit or investment income

Dividend distribution

Disposal

At 31 October 2022

Provision for impairment

At November 2021 and 31 October 2022

Net book value at 31 October 2022

Net book value at 31 October 2021

Company

Cost 

At 1 November 2021

Additions – Business combination (see note 35)

At 31 October 2022

Provision for impairment

At 1 November 2021

At 31 October 2022

Net book value at 31 October 2022

Net book value at 31 October 2021

Joint Ventures 
& Associates
£000

Other unlisted 
investments
£000

3,522

572

(753)

3,341

676

(4)

-

4,013

-

4,013

3,341

90

2

-

92

2

-

(6)

88

-

88

92

Share in group
undertakings

Joint Ventures & 
Associates

£000

£000

42,562

13,147

55,709

(601)

(601)

55,108

41,961

191

-

191

-

-

191

191

Total
£000

3,612

574

(753)

3,433

678

(4)

(6)

4,101

-

4,101

3,433

Total

£000

42,753

13,147

55,900

(601)

(601)

55,299

42,152

90

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

18. SUBSIDIARIES, JOINT VENTURES AND ASSOCIATES SUBSIDIARIES

Subsidiary undertakings represent the following limited companies, all of which were incorporated in the UK:

Company name

Proportion of shares
 held (Ordinary) %

 Nature of business

Registered office address

Glasson Group (Lancaster) Limited 

100  

 Holding company

Glasson Grain Limited 

Wynnstay (Agricultural Supplies) Limited

Woodheads Seeds Limited 

Youngs Animal Feeds Limited

GrainLink Limited

Humphrey Poultry (Holdings) Limited

Humphrey Feeds Limited

Humphrey Pullets Limited

Eifionydd Farmers Limited

Wrekin Grain Limited

Shropshire Grain Limited

Welsh Feed Producers Limited

Banbury Farm and General Supplies Limited

Stanton Farm Supplies Limited

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

 Feed and Fertiliser merchant 

 Agricultural merchant

 Dormant company

 Equine and pet products distributor 

 Grain merchant

 Holding company

  Agricultural merchant

 Pullet supplier

 Dormant company

 Dormant company

 Dormant company

 Dormant company

 Dormant company

 Dormant company

West Quay, Glasson Dock, 
Lancaster, Lancs, LA2 0DB

Eagle House, Llansantffraid Ym 
Mechain, Powys, SY22 6AQ

Investments in the subsidiaries listed above are held directly by Wynnstay Group Plc, with the exception of the following, which are direct subsidiaries 
of the respective following companies:

WynnstayAgricultural (Supplies) 
Limited
Stanton Farm Supplies Limited  

Youngs Animal Feeds Limited
Eifionydd Farmers Limited  

Glasson Group (Lancaster) 
Limited
Glasson Grain Limited

Humphrey Poultry (Holdings) 
Limited
Humphrey Feeds Limited
Humphrey Pullets Limited

JOINT VENTURES

Interests in joint ventures are represented by the following limited companies, all of which were incorporated in the UK: 

Company name

Interest

Nature of business

Registered office address

Bibby Agriculture Limited

50% - Ordinary

Distribution of animal feeds

Montgomery Way, Carlisle, CA1 2UY

Wyro Developments Limited

50% - Ordinary

Property development

Total Angling Limited

50% - Ordinary

Retailer of angling products

Eagle House, Llansantffraid Ym Mechain, 
Powys, SY22 6AQ

Investments in the joint ventures listed above are all held directly by Wynnstay Group Plc. Joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method. 
The aggregate amounts of the Group’s share of joint venture assets and liabilities are :

Non-current assets 

Current assets 

Cash and cash equivalents

Current liabilities 

Financial liabilities

Non-current liabilities 

Net Assets 

91

2022
£000

710

6,032

177

(2,247)

(700)

-

3,972

2021
£000

713

6,379

78

(1,987)

(1,862)

(21)

3,300

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 202218. SUBSIDIARIES, JOINT VENTURES AND ASSOCIATES continued
The aggregate amount of the Group’s share of joint venture revenue and expenses not included in these financial statements are:

Revenue 

Expenses 

Net finance costs

2022
£000

24,198

(23,350)

(40)

The aggregate amount of the Group’s share of pre-tax profits included in these financial statements is:

Group’s share of joint ventures profit before tax

2022
£000

808

2021
£000

20,147

(19,427)

(43)

2021
£000

677

ASSOCIATE

The interest in associates is represented by the following limited company, which is incorporated in the UK

Company name

Interest

Nature of business

Registered office address

Celtic Pride Limited

33.3%

Production and marketing of premium Welsh beef

Castell Howell Foods Ltd, Celtic Pride Ltd Cross Hands 
Food Park, Cross Hands, Llanelli, Carmarthenshire, 
Wales, SA14 6SX

Summarised financial information in respect of the Group’s associates are as follows:

Total assets 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Group’s share of associates’ net assets

Total revenue

Profit for the period 

Group’s share of associates’ profit before tax

2022
£000

297

(174)

123

41

-

-

-

2021
£000

285

(162)

123

41

-

-

-

For the purposes of consolidation, the following periods of account have been used for each of the associated undertakings and joint ventures:

Company  
Wyro Developments Limited 
Bibby Agriculture Limited 
Total Angling Limited   
Celtic Pride Limited    

Accounting period
31 October 2022
31 August 2022
31 October 2022
31 January 2022

92

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

18. SUBSIDIARIES, JOINT VENTURES AND ASSOCIATES continued

TRADING TRANSACTIONS

During the year, the Group and Company entered into the following trading transactions with subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates:

Transactions and balances with subsidiaries

Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings: 

Loans

Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings:

Loans

Transactions reported in the statement of comprehensive 
income:

Income received

Purchases

Transactions and balances with joint ventures

Amounts due from joint ventures:

Trade receivables

Loans

Trade payables

Transactions reported in the statement of comprehensive income:

Revenue

Purchases

Company

2022
£000

13,023

13,023

-

-

492

134

Group

Company

2022
£000

555

1,067

1,622

(70)

(70)

8,526

(280)

2021
£000

1,268

3,319

4,587

(2)

(2)

6,254

(139)

2022
£000

-

1,067

1,067

-

-

-

-

2021
£000

1,127

1,127

-

-

444

159

2021
£000

-

3,319

3,319

-

-

-

-

93

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 202219. INVENTORIES 

Raw materials and consumables

Finished goods and goods for resale

Biological Assets

Group

2022
£000

20,416

49,971

708

71,095

2021
£000

13,837

36,713

-

50,550

Company

2022
£000

-

-

-

-

Inventories are stated after a provision for impairment of £846,000 (2021: £400,000) (Company £nil (2021: £nil)). During the period, the sum
of £406,000 (2021: £4,000) was charged to the provision for impairment. 
£1,824,000 of inventories relates to the acquisition during the year which is included in the total year end balance. See Note 35.

20. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Current

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

Trade receivables, net of loss allowance

Prepayments and accrued income

Other receivables 

Group

2022
£000

-

94,823

1,084

668

96,575

2021
£000

-

70,320

1,161

1,030

72,511

Company

2022
£000

13,023

-

-

111

13,134

2021
£000

-

-

-

-

2021
£000

1,127

-

-

-

1,127

The  carrying  value  of  trade  and  other  receivables  classified  at  amortised  cost  approximates  to  their  fair  value.  No  receivables  are  pledged  as 
collateral or sold to discounting or debt factoring services. Assets in the course of construction had a value of £Nil (2021: £627,000) included within 
Other Receivables. Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings are repayable in line with standard company credit terms.

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses using a lifetime expected credit loss provision for trade 
receivables and contract assets. To measure expected credit losses on a collective basis, trade receivables and contract assets are grouped based 
on similar credit risk and aging. The contract assets have similar risk characteristics to the trade receivables for similar types of contracts.

The  expected  loss  rates  are  based  on  the  Group’s  historical  credit  losses  experienced  over  the  three-year  period  prior  to  the  period  end.  The 
historical loss rates are then adjusted for current and forward-looking information on macroeconomic factors affecting the Group’s customers. The 
Group has identified the gross domestic product (GDP), unemployment rate and inflation rate as the key macroeconomic factors in the UK.

If the expected credit loss was to increase or decrease by 25 basis points across each category the impact on the income statement would be 
£240,000 loss or gain, respectively.

The lifetime expected loss provision for trade receivables is as follows:

31 October 2022

Expected loss rate

Gross carrying amount

Loss provision

Trade receivables, net of loss allowance

31 October 2021

Expected loss rate

Gross carrying amount

Loss provision

Trade receivables, net of loss allowance

Current
£000

More than 30 
days past due
£000

More than 60 
days past due
£000

More than 120 
days past due
£000

0.14%

68,482

(99)

68,383

Current

£000

0.22%

45,643

(100)

45,543

0.17%

16,242

(27)

16,215

0.42%

5,681

(24)

5,657

17.83%

5,559

(991)

4,568

More than 30 

More than 60 

More than 120 

days past due

days past due

days past due

£000

£000

£000

0.62%

12,977

(80)

12,897

1.32%

8,879

(117)

8,762

19.60%

3,878

(760)

3,118

Total
£000

1.19%

95,964

(1,141)

94,823

Total

£000

1.48%

71,377

(1,057)

70,320

94

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

20. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES continued

Movements in the impairment allowance for trade receivables are as follows:

Opening provision for impairment of trade receivables

Increase during the year

Receivables written off during the year as un-collectible

At 31 October 2022

21. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Current

Trade payables

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings

Other payables 
Accruals and deferred income

Other taxes and social security

Contingent consideration

Non-current

Contingent consideration

Government grants

Group

2022
£000

1,057

495

(411)

1,141

Group

2022
£000

85,694

-

5,922
10,242

1,083

2,074

105,015

25

11

36

2021
£000

693

609

(245)

1,057

2021
£000

68,923

-

945
5,518

654

172

76,212

25

13

38

Company

2022
£000

-

-

-

-

Company

2022
£000

-

59

319
403

-

2,000

2,781

-

-

- 

2021
£000

-

-

-

-

2021
£000

-

-

294
-

-

-

294

-

-

- 

Total trade and other payables

105,051

76,250

2,781

294

The carrying value of trade and other payables classified as financial liabilities is measured at amortised cost which approximates to fair value. 
Contingent consideration is measured at fair value, refer to business combinations note 35.

22. PROVISIONS

Balance as at 1 November 2021

Charge for the year

Utilised

At 31 October 2022 

2022
£000

243
282

(180)

345

2021
£000

146
193

(96)

243

Provision has been made for the outcome of potential legal disputes where it is both probable that the Company will suffer an outflow of funds and 
it is possible to make a reliable estimate of that outflow, and for the outstanding rental costs on a vacated property and site closures. The closing 
provisions are expected to be realised in the next 12 months.

Legal Provision

Onerous rent

Site closure

At 31 October

2022
£000

193

108

44

345

2021
£000

193

-

50

243

The legal provision of £193,000 (2021: £193,000) relates to disputes over the classification of certain types of grain where the achieved out-turn 
prices have been lower than initially expected. The provision for onerous rent relates to the reclassification of a prior year charge from accruals in 
relation to the vacation of a leased property. The site closure provision relates to the closure of the Selby seed plant during 2020 where certain 
relocation costs remain outstanding. All provisions are deemed to be current.

95

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 202223. CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS, BORROWINGS AND LEASE LIABILITIES

Current

Cash and cash equivalents per balance sheet

Cash and cash equivalents per cash flow statement

Bank loans and overdrafts due within one year or on demand:

Secured loans

Loan stock (unsecured)

Borrowings

Non-property leases

Property leases

Lease liabilities

Total current net cash/(borrowings) and lease liabilities

Non-current

Bank loans

Borrowings

Non-property leases

Property leases

Lease liabilities

Total non-current net (borrowings) and lease liabilities

Total net cash/(borrowings) and lease liabilities

Group

2022
£000

31,177

31,177

(2,371)

(672)

(3,043)

(1,647)

(1,697)

(3,344)

24,790

(6,640)

(6,640)

(1,645)

(2,354)

(3,999)

(10,639)

14,151

2021
£000

19,641

19,641

-

(672)

(672)

(1,626)

(2,369)

(3,995)

14,974

-

-

(1,881)

(3,850)

(5,731)

(5,731)

9,243

Company

2022
£000

5

5

(2,371)

(672)

(3,043)

-

-

-

2021
£000

7

7

-

(672)

(672)

-

-

-

(3,038)

(665)

(6,640)

(6,640)

-

-

-

(6,640)

(9,678)

-

-

-

-

-

-

(665)

Total net cash/(borrowings) and lease liabilities, excluding property 
leases

18,202

15,462

(9,678)

(665)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents are all non-restricted balances and are all cash at bank and held with HSBC UK Bank Plc, except for £1,652,000
(2021: £585,000) which is held at International FC Stones for wheat futures hedging purposes. HSBC UK Bank Plc’s credit rating per 
Moody’s for long-term deposits is Aa3 (2021: Aa3).

£3,623,000 of the cash and cash equivalent balances are denominated in foreign currencies, EUR (99%) and USD (1%) (2021: £412,000, in EUR 
(99%) and USD (1%)). All other amounts are denominated in GBP and are at booked fair value.

BORROWINGS

Bank loans and overdrafts are secured by an unlimited composite guarantee of all the trading entities within the Group. During the year, a new bank 
loan of £9,485,000 was drawn, structured as a term facility with quarterly repayments of 5% of the original loan repayable. Interest on this loan is 
1.75% over the daily SONIA rate up to the point of repayment.

Loan stock is redeemable at par at the option of the Company or the holder. Interest of 1.5% (2021: 0.5%) per annum is payable to the holders.

96

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

24. LEASES

Nature of leasing activities (in the capacity as lessee)

The Group leases a number of properties, certain items of plant and equipment and vehicles. The table below shows the number of leases at 31 
October 2022.  

Number of lease 
contracts at 
November 2021

Additions

Additions 
Business 
Combinations

Expired or 
Disposed

Number of lease 
contracts at October 
2022

Fixed payments 
%

48

21

121

190

-

3

52

55

-

-

17

17

(9)

(6)

(36)

(51)

39

18

154

211

Land and buildings
£000

Plant, machinery and 
motor vehicles 
£000

Group

Property leases

Plant and equipment 
leases

Vehicle leases

Total

Group

Right-of-use assets

At November 2021

Additions

Additions - Business combination (see note 35)

Reclassification to PPE

Amortisation

Disposal

At 31 October 2022

Group

Lease liabilities

At 1 November 2021

Additions

Additions - Business combination (sese note 35)

Interest expense

Lease payments

Disposal

At 31 October 2022

Group

Short-term lease expense

Low value lease expense

2022
Group

Lease aging

2021
Group

Lease liabilities

97

18%

10%

72%

100%

Total
£000

11,043

1,749

210

(311)

(4,085)

(404)

8,202

Total 
£000

9,726

1,749

210

257

(4,229)

(370)

7,343

6,113

-

-

-

(2,194)

-

3,919

4,930

1,749

210

(311)

(1,891)

(404)

4,283

Land and buildings
£000

Plant, machinery and 
motor vehicles 
£000

6,220

-

-

113

(2,281)

-

4,052

2022
£000

341

8

349

3,506

1,749

210

144

(1,948)

(370)

3,291

2021
£000

180

25

205

Within one
 year
£000

One to two 
years
£000

Two to five 
years
£000

Over five 
years
£000

Total
£000

3,344

1,824

2,175

-

7,343

Within one
 year
£000

One to two 
years
£000

Two to five 
years
£000

Over five 
years
£000

Total
£000

3,995

2,821

2,910

-

9,726

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 202225. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

The  Board  has  overall  responsibility  for  the  determination  of  the  Group’s  risk  management  objectives  and  policies  and  whilst  retaining  ultimate 
responsibility for them, it has delegated the authority for designing and operating processes that ensure the effective implementation of the objectives 
and policies to the Group’s finance function. The Board receives monthly reports from the Group Financial Director through which it reviews the 
effectiveness of the processes put in place and the appropriateness of the objectives and policies it sets. The overall objective of the Board is to set 
policies that seek to reduce risk as far as possible without unduly affecting the Group’s competitiveness and flexibility.

The  Group’s  principal  financial  instruments  (other  than  derivatives)  comprise  loans,  cash  and  short-term  deposits;  the  main  purpose  of  these 
instruments is to raise finance for the Group’s operations; and additionally include trade and other receivables, trade and other payables and lease 
liabilities.

The Group also enters derivative transactions, principally foreign exchange contracts and wheat futures to manage commodity price and currency 
risks arising from the Group’s operations.

The Group’s policy does not permit use of derivatives for speculative purposes. However, some derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting, or 
are specifically not designated as a hedge where gains and losses on the hedging instrument and the hedged item naturally offset in the Group’s 
income statement. Treasury operates on a centralised basis, where Derivatives are only used for economic hedging purposes and not as speculative 
investments and are classified as ‘held for trading’, other than designated and effective hedging instruments and are presented as current assets 
or liabilities if they are expected to be settled within 12 months after the end of the reporting period, otherwise they are classified as non-current.

(i) Principal financial instruments

The principal financial instruments used by the Group, from which financial instrument risk arises, are as follows:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade receivables

Trade and other payables

Borrowings

Forward foreign currency contracts

•  Wheat futures contracts 

(ii) Financial instruments by category

Financial Assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

Trade receivables, net of loss allowance

Loan to joint venture

Derivative financial instruments

Financial Liabilities

Bank loans and other borrowings

Finance lease liabilities

Amounts owed to Group undertakings

Trade payables and other payables

Accruals

Contingent consideration

Derivative financial instruments

Group

Company

2022
£000

31,177

-

94,823

1,067

599

127,666

2021
£000

19,641

-

70,320

3,319

325

93,605

2022
£000

5

13,023

-

1,067

-

14,095

Group

Company

2022
£000

9,683

7,343

-

91,616

10,242

2,099

133

121,116

2021
£000

672

9,726

-

69,868

5,518

197

193

86,174

2022
£000

9,683

-

59

319

403

2,000

-

12,464

2021
£000

7

1,127

-

3,319

-

4,453

2021
£000

672

-

-

294

-

-

-

966

98

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

25. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS continued

(iii) Financial instruments carrying value

Financial instruments not measured at fair value includes trade and other receivables, trade and other payables and loans and borrowings.

Group financial assets

Trade receivables, net of loss allowance

Loan to joint venture

Derivative financial instruments

Group financial liabilities

Bank loans and other borrowings

Lease liabilities

Trade payables and other payables

Accruals

Contingent consideration

Derivative financial instruments

Company financial assets

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

Loan to joint venture

Company financial liabilities

Bank loans and other borrowings

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings

Trade payables and other payables

Accruals

Contingent consideration

Fair Value

Amortised cost

2022
£000

-

-

599

599

Fair Value

2022
£000

-

-

-

-

2,099

133

2,232

2021
£000

-

-

325

325

2021
£000

-

-

-

-

197

193

390

2022
£000

94,823

1,067

-

95,890

Amortised cost

2022
£000

9,683

7,343

91,616

10,242

-

-

2021
£000

70,320

3,319

-

73,639

2021
£000

672

9,726

69,868

5,518

-

-

118,884

85,784

Fair Value

Amortised cost

2022
£000

-

-

-

Fair Value

2022
£000

-

-

-

-

2,000

2,000

2021
£000

-

-

-

2021
£000

-

-

-

-

-

-

2022
£000

13,023

1,067

14,090

Amortised cost

2022
£000

9,683

59

319

403

-

10,464

2021
£000

1,127

3,319

4,446

2021
£000

672

-

294

-

-

966

(iv) Derivative Financial instruments classification by type, level and non-current and current split

Derivative financial instruments specifically have been broken into their current and non-current component and by derivative instrument type under 
hedge accounting and fair value through profit and loss.

Fair Value

Current Non-Current

Current Non-Current

Asset derivative financial instruments:

Forward FX contracts- designated cash flow hedge instruments

Wheat futures contracts- designated cash flow hedge instruments

Wheat futures contracts- fair value through profit or loss

2022
£000

46

39

514

599

2021
£000

206

119

-

325

2022
£000

46

38

514

598

2022
£000

-

1

-

1

2021
£000

206

114

-

320

Liability derivative financial instruments:

£000

£000

£000

£000

£000

Forward FX contracts- designated cash flow hedge instruments

Wheat futures contracts- fair value through profit or loss

53

80

133

-

193

193

53

-

53

-

80

80

-

53

53

2021
£000

-

5

-

5

£000

-

140

140

99

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 202225. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS continued

The valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs related to determining the fair value of derivatives (level 1) and deferred and contingent 
consideration which is classified at level 3 in the fair value hierarchy, where the valuation techniques are explained in the table below.

Financial instrument

Valuation techniques used

Forward foreign exchange 
contracts

Wheat Futures Contracts

Spot price at reporting date 
including forward swap points 
based off the appropriate 
interest rate curve over 12 
months

Market prices published by ICE 
Futures Europe, MIC Code: 
IFLX

Significant unobservable 
inputs (level 3 only)

Inter-relationship between 
key unobservable inputs 
and fair value (level 3 only)

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Contingent

consideration

Realisation of net assets on

Management accounts

completion and target earnings

information

Any adjustments to net assets 
or profitability of management 
accounts

The fair value hierarchy of financial instruments measured at fair value is provided below. There were no transfers between levels during 
the period.

Group

Financial assets

Derivative financial assets (designated 
hedging instruments)
Derivative financial assets (fair value 
through profit or loss)

Financial liabilities

Derivative financial liabilities 
(designated hedging instruments)

Derivative financial liabilities (fair value 
through profit or loss)

Contingent consideration

Level 1

2022
£000

85

514

599

Level 1

2022
£000

53

80

-

133

2021
£000

325

-

325

2021
£000

-

193

-

193

Level 2

2022
£000

-

-

-

Level 2

2022
£000

-

-

-

-

2021
£000

-

-

-

2021
£000

-

-

-

-

Level 3

2022
£000

-

-

-

Level 3

2022
£000

-

-

2, 099

2, 099

2021
£000

-

-

-

2021
£000

-

-

197

197

The reconciliation of the opening and closing fair value balance of level 3 financial instruments is provided below:

Contingent consideration

As at 31 October 2020 

Payments contingent consideration in year

New contingent consideration in year

As at 31 October 2021

Payments out of contingent consideration in year

Contingent consideration recognised in year

As at 31 October 2022

Group

£000

229

(82)

50

197

(98)

2,000

2,099

Company

£000

-

-

-

-

-

2,000

2,000

The sensitivity analysis of a reasonably possible change in one significant unobservable input, holding all other inputs constant within level 3 financial 
instruments is not provided as the item above only has one input as described in the valuation table.

100

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

25. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS continued

Hedging strategy

The objective of Wynnstay’s Treasury activity is to minimise the post-tax net cost of financial operations and reduce its volatility to benefit earnings 
and cash flows. Wynnstay uses only a few financial instruments to finance its operations and derivative financial instruments to manage market 
risks from these operations. Derivatives principally comprise of foreign exchange forward contracts and wheat futures contracts. These financial 
instruments reduce the uncertainty of foreign currency transactions and wheat prices.

Derivatives are used exclusively for hedging purposes in relation to underlying business activities and not as trading or speculative instruments.

Hedge ratios are monitored on a monthly basis at Board level in line with the Group’s risk management policies and procedures where the hedged 
item exposure is hedged with derivatives within an 90% to 100% range.

The main source of hedge ineffectiveness in these hedging relationships is the effect of the counterparty and the Group’s own credit risk on the 
fair value of the foreign exchange forward contracts, which is not reflected in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to changes in foreign 
exchange rates and ineffectiveness, including timing differences between the cash flows of the hedged item and the hedging instruments.

Foreign Exchange Contracts and Wheat Futures designated under cash flow hedges

During 2022, the Group entered into forward foreign exchange contracts which have been designated as cash flow hedges. These were entered 
into to hedge the foreign exchange exposure arising on cash flows from Euro and USD denominated wheat physical purchase transactions. The 
Group manages its cash flow wheat price risk by entering into offsetting futures contracts on ICE Futures Europe.

The notional value of foreign exchange forward contracts and wheat futures is the absolute total of outstanding positions at the balance sheet date. 
Hedge effectiveness is determined at the inception of the hedge relationship and through periodic prospective effectiveness assessments to ensure 
that an economic relationship exists between the hedged item and hedging instrument. The Group enters into hedge relationships where the critical 
terms of the hedging instrument match exactly with the terms of the hedged item, and so a qualitative assessment of effectiveness is performed. 
If changes in circumstances affect the terms of the hedged item such that the critical terms no longer match exactly with the critical terms of the 
hedging instrument, the Group uses the hypothetical derivative method to assess effectiveness.

During the year total hedge ineffectiveness arising from forward foreign exchange contracts amounted to £104,000 (2021: £46,000) at the balance 
sheet date.

Hedge Type

Hedging Instrument

Hedged Item

Nominal 
Value

Average contracted 
Derivatives prices

Maturing

Cash flow hedge Forward FX GBP/EUR Physical Wheat Grain & Fertiliser

16,107

GBP/EUR 1.1587

Group Qrt 1 to Group Qrt 

2, 2023

£000

Cash flow hedge Forward FX GBP/USD Physical Wheat Grain & Fertiliser

4,420

GBP/USD 1.1491

Group Qrt 1, 2023

Cash flow hedge

Cash flow hedge

UK Feed Wheat 

futures contract- IFLX

UK Feed Wheat 

futures contract- IFLX

Physical Wheat Grain

Physical Wheat Grain

£271.32

Group Qrt 3, 2023

£269.43

Group Qrt 1, 2024

570

189

21,286

Set-off of financial assets and liabilities

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the consolidated statement of financial position is shown when there is a 
legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability 
simultaneously. According to the enforceable master netting agreements with the financial counterparties, in the event of default, derivative financial 
instruments with the same counterparty can be net settled. In the event of default, subject to payment enforcements £40,000 (2021: £108,000) 
of assets and liabilities, respectively of the derivative financial instruments are subject to right for offsetting, under ISDA (International Swaps and 
Derivatives Association) agreements.

There  were  no  other  material  amounts  offset  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  financial  position  or  associated  with  enforceable  master  netting 
agreements.

Gross and net 
presentation of derivatives

Gross Position

Right of offset to 
net settle

Balance Sheet Net 
Position

Gross Position

Right of offset to 
net settle

Balance Sheet 
Net Position

Asset derivative financial 
instruments:

Liability derivative 
financial instruments:

2022
£000

639

2022
£000

(40)

2022
£000

599

2021
£000

433

2021
£000

(108)

2021
£000

325

173

(40)

133

301

(108)

193

101

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

25. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS continued

RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES, POLICIES AND PROCESSES

The main risks arising for the Group are credit risk, foreign currency, commodity price risk, intertest rate risk, liquidity risk and capital management 
risk. The Board approves prudent treasury policies for managing each of the risks which are summarised below:

i) Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations and 
arises principally from the Group’s receivables from customers and investment securities. A significant proportion of the Group’s trade is conducted 
on credit terms and as such a risk of non-payment is potentially always present.

Detailed  credit  approval  before  initial  supply,  the  operation  of  credit  limits  and  active  credit  control  monitoring  and  policy,  help  to  minimise  the 
incidence of bad debt risk. The Group’s grain trading activities is exposed to substantial customer credit limits and to assist in mitigating such riskier 
limits, a credit insurance policy is put in place to provide partial cover against default by customers.

The overdue accounts are reviewed monthly at divisional management meetings to mitigate exposure to credit risk and make provisions accordingly. 
Concentration of credit risk with respect to trade receivables is limited due to the Group’s diverse customer base being large and unrelated.

ii) Foreign currency risk

The  main  currency  related  risk  to  the  Group  comes  from  the  forward  purchasing  of  imported  raw  materials  for  our  Grain  business.  This  risk  is 
managed by entering into forward foreign exchange contracts to coincide at the same time as when the underlying transaction is priced and agreed 
for future delivery. The fair value of the contracts was £46,000 as an asset and £53,000 as a liability with a net liability of £7,000 (2021: £206,000) 
with the principal nominal amounts of the forward purchased currency, based in sterling of £20,527,000 (2021: £25,104,000).

The Group is primarily exposed to foreign exchange risk in relation to Sterling against movements in US Dollar and Euro. Foreign exchange risk 
arises from the translation of financial assets and liabilities that are not in the functional currency of the entity that holds them. Based upon the 
carrying value of the Group’s net financial assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency as at 31 October 2022 and 31 October 2021, the 
exposure is minimal.

iii) Commodity market risk

Whilst the Group does not speculatate in commodity trading, it does have to make significant forward purchases of certain raw materials, particularly 
for use within its animal feed manufacturing operations. Position reporting systems and controls are in place to ensure the Board is informed of 
exposure level via the Treasury Management Committee on a regular basis, where the hedging of wheat contracts via a commodities broker is 
transacted on the Inter-Continental Exchange (ICE) futures market to manage commercial pricing decisions and prevent margin erosion.

If the ICE futures price quoted in sterling pound was to increase or decrease by £1, with all other variables held constant this would result in a £145 
gain or loss (2021: £4,000), respectively which would feature in other comprehensive income.

iv) Interest rate risk

The Group’s debt terms, historically have generally been floating rate interest. The Treasury Committee presents to the Board their view and option 
to fix interest rates attached to such variable rate debt through utilising interest rate swaps. However, where possible fixed rate term asset finance 
is used for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment.

The Group raises borrowings in sterling only. During the year the Company repaid its debt borrowing of £474,000 (2021; £900,000). The Group has 
been largely unaffected by phase 1 and 2 of the Interest rate benchmark reform, under IFRS9.

At 31 October 2022, if interest rates had been 150 basis points higher or lower with all variables held constant, profit after tax and net assets 
would have been £135,000 (2021: £34,000) lower or higher, respectively mainly as a result of higher/ lower interest expense on sterling floating rate 
borrowings. The directors consider that 150 basis points increase is the maximum likely change in sterling interest rates over the next year, being 

the period up to the next point at which the Group expects to make these disclosures.

v) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group has overdraft and revolving credit 
facilities in place of £10.5m and £7.5m respectively (2021: £10.5m and £7.5m) to manage liquidity needs. The overdraft facility is renewable in April 
2023, priced at 1.4% over base rate and the revolving credit facility is committed to June 2023, priced at 1.6% over SONIA and the Board believes 
these are adequate to provide prudent liquidity management.

The Board regularly receives monthly cash flow projections as well as information regarding net cash/(debt), where these monthly projections have 
indicated that the Group is expected to have sufficient liquid resources to meet its obligations under all reasonably expected circumstances. Refer 
to note 23 on net cash position. 

The following table analyses the Group and Company’s financial liabilities that will be settled on a net basis, where there is legal and constructive 
obligation to do so, based on agreed contractual settlement dates, as shown within time buckets in the table below. Interest projections for both 
bank loans and other borrowings and lease liabilities, have been calculated using the future effective rate of interest applicable to each instrument 
type and then discounted using the appropriate UK gilt rate to derive the present value of interest.

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 102

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

25. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS continued

RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES, POLICIES AND PROCESSES continued

Group

Bank loans and other borrowings
Bank loans and other borrowings -
interest projections
Finance lease liabilities

Finance lease liabilities – interest projections

Derivatives

Trade payables and other payables

Accruals

Contingent consideration

Company

Bank loans and other borrowings
Bank loans and other borrowings -
interest projections
Amounts due from subsidiary
undertakings
Trade payables and other payables

Accruals

Contingent consideration

vi) Capital management risk

2022

Within
one
year
£000

One to
two
years
£000

Two to
five
years
£000

Total
£000

9,683

3,043

3,794

2,846

991

345

303

343

Total
£000

672

53

2021

Within
one 
year
£000

One to
two
years
£000

Two to
five
years
£000

672

6

-

9

-

38

7,343

3,344

1,824

2,175

9,726

3,995

2,821

2,910

602

133

213

53

91,616

91,616

10,242

10,242

2,099

2,074

178

80

-

-

25

211

-

-

-

-

882

193

249

53

69,868

69,868

5,518

5,518

197

172

223

140

-

-

25

410

-

-

-

-

122,709

110,930

6,204

5,575

87,109

80,533

3,218

3,358

2022

Within
one
year
£000

One to
two
years
£000

Two to
five
years
£000

Total
£000

9,683

3,043

3,794

2,846

991

59

319

403

345

59

319

403

2,000

13,455

2,000

6,169

303

343

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2021

Within
one 
year
£000

672

6

-

Total
£000

672

53

-

294

294

-

-

-

-

One to
two
years
£000

Two to
five
years
£000

-

9

-

-

-

-

9

-

38

-

-

-

-

38

4,097

3,189

1,019

972

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns and 
benefits to shareholders’ whilst principally maintaining an efficient capital structure to optimise the cost of capital. In order to maintain or adjust the 
capital structure, the Group adjusts the amount of dividends to, or to be paid to shareholders’, the return of equity capital to shareholders’, the 
issuance of new shares (that could also possibly take the form of bonus script ordinary shares), the disposal of cash generative assets to settle the 
Group’s debt exposure.

The Group monitors its gearing ratio for the purpose of capital management. This ratio is calculated as net cash/(debt) divided by total equity. Net 
cash/ (debt) is calculated as cash and cash equivalents less total borrowings (both current and non-current borrowings) and lease liabilities. Total 
equity is as shown in the consolidated balance sheet.

Cash and cash equivalents
Loans and borrowings

Lease liabilities

Net cash 
Total equity
Net cash to equity ratio (%)

2022
£000
31,177
(9,683)

(7,343)

14,151
130,701
10.83%

2021
£000
19,641
(672)

(9,726)

9,243
105,722
8.74%

The Group monitors cash balances and net (cash)/debt on a daily basis to ensure adequate headroom exists on banking facilities and that it is 
compliant with banking covenants, where relevant.

103

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 202226. DEFERRED TAXATION 

At 1 November 2021

Tax equalisation

Business combination (see note 35)

Charge for the year in Statement of Income

Charge for the year in Statement of Changes in Equity

At 31 October 2022

The provision for deferred taxation is made up as follows:

Accelerated capital allowances

Other temporary and deductible differences

Group

2022
£000

474

2

1,000

219

(15)

1,680

Group

2022
£000

373

1,307

1,680

2021
£000

276

(24)

-

160

62

474

2021
£000

449

25

474

Company

2022
£000

-

-

-

-

-

-

Company

2022
£000

-

-

-

2021
£000

-

-

-

-

-

-

2021
£000

-

-

-

A deferred tax asset has not been recognised at Group or Company level in respect of the movement in fair value on investment property 
(see Note 15) as there is uncertainty as to whether an expected future capital gain will crystallise to offset the capital loss.  

27. SHARE CAPITAL 

Authorised
Ordinary shares of 25p each

Allotted, called up and fully paid
Ordinary shares of 25p each

2022 
No. of shares
000

2022
Nominal Value
£000

2021
No. of shares
000

2021
Nominal Value 
£000

40,000

22,340

10,000

5,585

40,000

10,000

20,299

5,075

During the year 75,891 shares (2021: 89,687) were issued with an aggregate nominal value of £19,000 (2021: £22,000) and were fully paid up 
for equivalent cash of £459,000 (2021: £439,000) to shareholders exercising their right to receive dividends under the Company’s dividend scrip 
scheme. A further 1,965,689 (2021: 158,138) shares with a nominal value of £491,000 (2021: £40,000) were issued for a cash value of £10,581,000 
(2021:  £586,000),  with  65,689  shares  being  to  satisfy  the  exercise  of  employee  options  and  1,900,000  shares  issued  in  a  private  placing  to 
institutional shareholders.

104

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

28. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS 

The Group has three share-based payment schemes in operation at 31 October 2022. The executive directors and certain employees participate in 
a performance share plan (PSP) under which the vesting of all awards made under the PSP is subject to an earnings per share (“EPS”) and Return 
on Capital Employed (“ROCE”) growth target measured against average annual increases over a three-year period.

Certain senior employees participate in the discretionary Approved Company Share Option Plan (CSOP). Such schemes have no performance 
criteria attached to their operation.

All employees, subject to eligibility criteria, may participate in the Save As You Earn plan. The scheme does not have any performance criteria 
attached to its operation.

The following options were exercised, lapsed and outstanding at the year end:

Exercise
Price per
share £

Exercisable by

As at 
01 November
2021

(Exercised)/ 
Issued in
year

Lapsed  
in year

As at
31 October
2022

Discretionary Share Option Schemes
CSOP Granted October 2014

5.4750 Oct 2017 - Oct 2024

PSP Granted January 2020

Nil cost Oct 2022 - Mar 2023

PSP Granted April 2021           

Nil cost Oct 2023 - Mar 2024

CSOP Granted April 2021

4.6250 Apr 2024 - Apr 2031

Savings Related Option Schemes
Granted July 2016

3.7000 Aug 2021 - Jan 2022

Granted September 2018

4.0000 Oct 2023 - Mar 2024

Granted August 2020

Granted August 2022

2.7500 Sep 2023 - Feb 2024

5.5000 Sep 2025 - Feb 2026

151,000

146,647

84,728

174,000

556,375

25,613

128,520

433,187

-

587,320

1,143,695

(30,575)

-

-

-

(30,575)

(23,182)

(562)

(11,370)

(142,710)

107,596

77,021

-

(4,882)

(3,119)

(20,000)

(28,001)

(2,431)

(15,788)

(31,324)

(1,568)

(51,111)

(79,112)

120,425

141,765

81,609

154,000

497,799

-

112,170

390,493

141,142

643,805

1,143,604

During the year 30,575 (2021: 24,000) Discretionary Share Options and 35,114 (2021: 134,138) Savings Related Options were exercised and 
satisfied by the allotment of 65,689 (2021: 158,138) new shares by the Company. The other changes in the number of Discretionary and Savings 
Related Options relate to members withdrawing from the scheme by leaving employment, exercise conditions not being met or by employees 
closing their savings contracts. During the period 142,710 new options were granted following a new SAYE invitation to all eligible employees (2021: 
258,728 options granted to certain executives under the terms of the Group’s Performance Share Plan and approved CSOP scheme).

The weighted average market share price at the time of exercise of options exercised during the year was £6.08 (2021: £5.48).

Fair Value of Options

During the year, the Group charged £262,000 (2021: £343,000) of share based remuneration cost to its Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive 
Income based on a movement in the fair value of outstanding options granted after November 2002. The fair value of these options were estimated 
by using the Black Scholes option pricing model and the following assumptions:

Weighted average assumptions

Share price at year end 

Average share price 

Weighted average exercise price

Expected volatility  

Weighted average remaining contractual life

Number of options 

Risk free interest rate at inception 

Number of options exercisable  - CSOP options

2022

£6.11

£5.84

£3.32

24.40%

1.09 years 

1,021,179

0.10% - 3.07%

120,425

2021

£4.90

£4.58

£2.60

33.20%

1.83 years 

963,977

0.10% - 0.75%

151,000

The expected volatility used was the standard deviation of the daily share price over the previous year and the risk fee interest rate was based on 
bank base rate at the inception of each scheme.

105

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 
29. CAPITAL COMMITMENTS

At 31 October 2022 the Group and Company had capital commitments as follows:

Contracts placed for future capital expenditure not provided in 
the financial statements

30. PENSION COMMITMENTS

Group

2022
£000

1,590

2021
£000

263

Company

2022
£000

-

2021
£000

-

Following  the  acquisition  of  Humphrey  Poultry  (Holdings)  Limited,  the  Group  operates  three  defined  contribution  pension  schemes  which  are 
administered on separate bases. The pension and other associated costs charge for the year £1,456,000 (2021: £1,017,000). The liability owed to 
the pension schemes at 31 October 2022 was £169,000 (2021: £147,000).

31. EMPLOYEE SHARE OWNERSHIP TRUST

The Company operates an employee share ownership trust (ESOP). As at 31 October 2022, 16,834 ordinary 25p shares (2021: 16,834 ordinary 
25p shares) were held by the trust with an aggregate market value at the year end of £102,855 (2021: £82,486). The assets, liabilities, income and 
costs of the ESOP are incorporated into the financial statements of the Group.

32. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The  Board  confirms  that  they  consider  the  Directors  of  the  Company  to  be  the  only  key  management  personnel.  During  the  year  sales  and 
purchases took place between the Group and a number of its directors. All transactions were carried out on an arm’s length basis. Directors and 
their remuneration is disclosed within the Director’s Remuneration disclosure (note 9).

Gareth Davies

Steve Ellwood

Andrew Evans (retired 1 December 2020)

Philip Kirkham as a director of M&R Kirkham & Sons Ltd

Jim McCarthy (retired 31 July 2021)

Howell Richards as a director of Cwrtmalle Ltd
Paul Roberts
Catherine Bradshaw

Total sales

Balance outstanding

2022
£000

3

-

n/a

542

-

4,268
2
-

4,815

2021
£000

5

-

21

383

-

3,248
1
-

3,658

2022
£000

-

-

n/a

90

-

1,277
-
-

1,367

During the year Group companies entered into the following transactions with related parties who are not members of the Group:

Group

Purchases from NIAB, a company of which S J Ellwood is a 
director

Total sales

Balance outstanding

2022
£000

70

2021
£000

62

2022
£000

10

2021
£000

-

-

n/a

114

-

1,124
-
-

1,238

2021
£000

-

106

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

33. CASH GENERATED FROM OPERATIONS

Profit for the year from operations
Adjustments for: 

Tax

Dividend received from subsidiaries 
Dividends from Joint ventures and associates

Depreciation of tangible fixed assets

Amortisation of right-of-use assets

Investment and goodwill impairment

Fair value movement in investment property

Equity investment revaluation

Amortisation of other intangible fixed assets
(Profit) on disposal of property, plant and equipment
(Profit) on disposal of right of use asset
Loss on relinquishment of property lease

Derivative held as FVPL

Hedge ineffectiveness

Government grant

Movement in provisions made

Interest on right-of-use liabilities

Net Interest expense / (income)

Share of post-tax results of joint ventures

Share-based payments

Changes in working capital (excluding effects of 
acquisitions and disposals of subsidiaries):
(Increase) in inventories

(Increase) in trade and other receivables

Increase in payables

Cash generated from / (used in) operations

Group

2022
£000
17,142

3,982

-
-

2,289

4,086

-

522

-

154
(132)
(86)
-

(627)

104

(2)

(6)

257

233

(676)

262

2021
£000
8,934

2,057

-
-

2,165

3,974

95

-

2

39
(86)
(14)
26

23

46

(2)

193

281

(91)

(572)

343

(18,401)

(18,467)

23,205

13,839

(14,583)

(16,730)

24,477

10,577

Company
2022
£000
3,415

(187)

(5,438)
(4)

492

-

-

522

-

-
-
-
-

-

-

-

-

-

171

-

262

-

(11,905)

487

(12,185)

34. RECONCILIATION OF LIABILITIES FROM FINANCING

As at 1 November 2020
Cash-flows -Repayments of borrowings
                     -Payments of IFRS 16 lease liabilities

Non-Current
£000
6,509

-
-

Group

Current
£000
5,055

(900)
(4,392)

Total
£000
11,564

Non-Current
£000
-

(900)
(4,392)

Company

Current
£000
1,572

(900)
-

2021
£000
3,670

69

(3,150)
(753)

444

-

-

-

-

-
-
-
-

-

-

-

-

-

(51)

-

343

-

(1,127)

(543)

(1,098)

Total
£000
1,572

(900)
-

Non-cash flows
- Lease movements: additions, disposals and interest, net

(778)

4,904

4,126

As at 31 October 2021
Cash flows
-Receipt of borrowings 1

-Repayments of borrowings 

-Business combination (see note 35)
-Payments of lease liabilities
Non-cash flows
- Lease movements: additions, disposals and interest, net

- Loans and borrowings reclassified

As at 31 October 2022

5,731

4,667

10,398

7,588

-

148
-

1,413

(4,241)

10,639

1,897

(474)

62
(4,229)

223

4,241

6,387

9,485

(474)

210
(4,229)

1,636

-

17,026

1 – Used for Business Combination funding, see Note 35.

107

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022

-
-

-

-

7,588

-

-
-

-

-

-

672

672

1,897

(474)

9,485

(474)

-
-

-

-
-

-

-

9,683

(948)

6,640

948

3,034

2022

Lease Liabilities

Loan stocks

Borrowings

2021

Lease Liabilities

Loan stocks

Borrowings

Group

Company

Non-Current
£000
3,999

-

6,640
10,639

Current
£000
3,344

672

2,371
6,387

Total
£000
7,343

Non-Current
£000
-

672

9,011
17,026

-

6,640
6,640

Current
£000
-

672

2,371
3,043

5,731

3,995

9,726

-

-

672

-

672

-

5,731

4,667

10,398

-

-

-

-

-

672

-

672

Total
£000
-

672

9,011
9,683

-

672

-

672

35. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

HUMPHREY POULTRY (HOLDINGS) LIMITED

On 18 March 2022, Wynnstay plc entered a business combination and acquired 100% of the shares of Humphreys Poultry Holdings Limited, which 
in turn owns 100% of the shares in two commercial and operational entities Humphreys Feeds Limited and Humphreys Pullets Limited. The purpose 
of the business combination is to strengthen the Group’s presence in the poultry feed market and expand its geographical coverage.

The consideration is £13.147m inclusive of cash and cash equivalents of £1.011m.

Trade Debtors

Other Debtors

Inventories
Cash and cash equivalents

Trade Creditors

Other Creditors
Leases
Deferred tax

Net Current Assets and Non-Current Liabilities
Tangible fixed assets

Net Assets

Current
£000

Non-Current
£000

5,003

595

2,144
1,011

(3,469)

(368)
(146)
-
4,770
-
4,770

-

-

-
-

-

-
(64)
(104)
(168)
1,545
1,377

Total 
000

5,003

595

2,144
1,011

(3,469)

(368)
(210)
(104)
4,602
1,545
6,147

The provisional consideration payable is dependent on future product volumes of the commercial business acquired. The fair value of the contingent 
consideration has been based on management’s expectation of the future performance of the business and that could range from £nil to £2.000m. 

A full analysis of the provisional consideration is provided in the table below which includes the break-down of the tangible fixed assets which 
incorporates freehold land and buildings for the amount of £1.830m, which reflects the current fair value assessment carried out by an independent 
third-party valuation, which has not impacted the consideration, but only the analysis. The goodwill balance represents the assembled workforce 
and future sales opportunities and is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 108

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Fair value of net assets acquired

Goodwill

Intangible - Brands

Intangible – Key and other accounts

Property, plant and equipment

Right of use assets

Trade Debtors

Other Debtors

Inventories 

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade payables

Other payables

Lease liabilites

Deferred tax

Acquisition date – fair value of total net assets acquired

Represented by:

Cash settled to vendor during the period

Contingent consideration as at 31 October 2022

Provisional Consideration

Cashflow Statement:

Cash settled to vendor during the period

less cash and cash equivalents acquired

plus, cash settled to vendors during the period for prior acquisition 

Acquisition date – fair value of total net assets acquired

Fair Value of 
Net Assets
£’000

1,811

3,759

1,095

2,566

210

5,003

595

2,144

1,011

(3,469)

(368)

(210)

(1,000)

13,147

£’000

11,147

2,000

13,147

£’000

11,147

(1,011)

98

10,234

Directly attributable acquisition costs of £0.563m were incurred with the transaction, and these have been recognised as non-recurring expenses in 
the income statement for the period and included in operating activities in the cash flow statement. During the last available audited accounts of the 
acquired entities, for the period to February 2021, the annual aggregate revenues on a non-consolidated basis amounted to £41.446m and profit 
before tax was £1.634m. Business combination accounting is expected to be finalised within 12 months from the completion date of the acquisition. 

Amounts included in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income in the period to 31 October 2022 in relation to the acquired business 
are revenues of £31.567m and profit before tax of £0.643m.

Contingent consideration of £0.098m was paid during the period to 31 October 2022 relating to other prior period acquisitions, resulting in a total 
gross cash outflow of £11.245m or £10.234m net of cash acquired with the Humphrey transaction.

36. POST BALANCE SHEET EVENT

ACQUISITION OF TAMAR MILLING LIMITED
On 17 November 2022, Wynnstay Group PLC announced that Wynnstay (Agricultural Supplies) Ltd had acquired the entire share capital of Tamar 
Milling Ltd, a manufacturer and supplier of blended feed products (“Tamar”), for an initial consideration of up to £1.5m (inclusive of up to £0.1m of 
contingent consideration based on future product volumes). 

Based in Whitstone, Cornwall, Tamar is a highly complementary acquisition to the Group, which strengthens the Company’s presence in the south-
west  of  England,  adds  a  new  farming  customer  base  and  provides  good  cross  selling  opportunities  for  other  Group  activities.  The  acquisition 
establishes the Group’s first south-western feed manufacturing facility which enables the provision of its own bulk feed offering for the first time. 

In the year ended 30 September 2021, Tamar generated revenues of £6.40m, and a profit before tax of £0.42m.  Net assets at 30 September 2021 
were £0.92m. The transaction initially appears to satisfy the IFRS 3 requirements of a business combination, and the Group intends to account for 
the acquisition in the year ended 31 October 2023 where IFRS 3 criteria have been satisfied. As of the date of this report, insufficient information is 
available to complete the business combination accounting as transaction completion accounts have not been completed by the vendors.

109

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022Notice of Annual General Meeting

Notice is hereby given that the thirty-first Annual General Meeting (the “Meeting”) of Wynnstay Group plc (the “Company”) will be held in the 
Sovereign Suite, Shrewsbury Town Football Club, Oteley Road, Shrewsbury, Shropshire, SY2 6ST on Tuesday 21 March 2023 at 11.45 am to 
transact the following business:

ORDINARY BUSINESS

1. 

2. 
3. 

To receive and adopt the Company’s annual accounts for the financial year ended 31st October 2022 together with the Directors’ Report 
and Auditors’ Report on those accounts.
To declare a final dividend for the year ended 31 October 2022.
To re-appoint the following Director who retires by rotation under Article 91: 

Bryan Paul Roberts

4. 

To re-appoint the following Director who retires by rotation under Article 91: 

Howell John Richards

5. 

6. 

To re-appoint RSM UK Audit LLP as auditors, to hold office from the conclusion of the Meeting to the conclusion of the next Meeting at 
which accounts are laid before the Company at a remuneration to be determined by the Directors. 
That,  the  Rules  of  the  Wynnstay  Group  Plc  Approved  Company  Share  Option  Plan  (CSOP)  submitted  to  this  meeting,  marked  for  the 
purposes of identification “Document A”, and signed by the Chairman of the Company, and the Rules of the Wynnstay Group Plc Save As 
You Earn Share Option Plan (SAYE) submitted to this meeting, and marked for the purposes of identification “Document B” and signed by 
the Chairman of the Company, be adopted and implemented by the Company with immediate effect and to remain in place until the expiry 
of their registration with HMRC in January 2033.

SPECIAL BUSINESS
To consider and, if thought fit, pass the following Resolutions which will be proposed as Special Resolutions:

7. 

8. 

That, the Directors be and they are hereby generally and unconditionally authorised for the purposes of Section 551 of the Companies Act 
2006 (the “Act”) to exercise all powers of the Company to allot equity securities up to an aggregate nominal amount of £500,000 provided 
that this authority shall, unless renewed, varied or revoked by the Company in General Meeting, expire on the earlier of the next Annual 
General Meeting of the Company and 15 months from the date of this Resolution save that the Company may, before such expiry, make 
an offer or agreement which would or might require relevant securities to be allotted after such expiry, and the Directors may allot relevant 
securities  in  pursuance  of  such  offer  or  agreement  notwithstanding  that  the  authority  conferred  by  this  Resolution  has  expired.    This 
authority is in substitution for all previous authorities conferred upon the Directors pursuant to Section 551 of the Companies Act 2006, but 
without prejudice to the allotment of any relevant securities already made or to be made pursuant to such authorities.
That, subject to passing Resolution 7 earlier, the Directors be and they are empowered pursuant to Section 570 of the Act to allot equity 
securities wholly for cash pursuant to the authority conferred by the previous Resolution as if Section 561 of the Act did not apply to any 
such allotment, provided that this power shall be limited to the allotment of equity securities:-

i. in  connection  with  an  offer  of  such  securities  by  way  of  rights  to  holders  of  Ordinary  Shares  in  proportion  (as  nearly  as  may  be 
practicable) to their respective holdings of such shares, but subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may 
deem necessary or expedient in relation to fractional entitlements or any legal or practical problems under the laws of any territory, or 
the requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange; and 

ii. otherwise than pursuant to sub-paragraph (a) above up to an aggregate nominal amount of £500,000, and shall expire on the earlier 
of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company and 15 months from the date of this Resolution save that the Company many, 
before such expiry make an offer or agreement which would or might require equity securities to be allotted after such expiry and the 
Directors may allot equity securities in pursuance of any such offer or agreement notwithstanding that the power conferred by this 
Resolution has expired.

9. 

That, the Company be and is generally and unconditionally authorised for the purposes of Section 701 of the Act to make one or more 
market purchases (within the meaning of Section 693 of the Act) on the London Stock Exchange of Ordinary Shares of £0.25 each in the 
capital of the Company provided that:-

i. the maximum aggregate number of Ordinary Shares authorised to be purchased is 500,000 (representing approximately 2.5% of the 

Company’s issued ordinary share capital); 

ii. the minimum price which may be paid for such shares is £0.25 per share;
iii. the maximum price which may be paid for an Ordinary Shares shall not be more than 5% above the average of the middle market 
quotations for an ordinary share as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the five business days immediately 
preceding the date on which the ordinary share is purchased;

iv. unless previously renewed, varied or revoked, the authority conferred shall expire at the conclusion of the Company’s next Annual 

General Meeting or 15 months from the date of passing this Resolution, if earlier; and

v. the Company may make a contract or contracts to purchase Ordinary Shares under the authority conferred prior to the expiry of such 
authority which will or may be executed wholly or partly after the expiry of such authority and may make a purchase of ordinary shares 
in pursuance of any such contract or contracts.

By Order of the Board

Paul Roberts 
Acting Company Secretary
Wynnstay Group plc 
Eagle House
Llansantffraid-ym-Mechain
Powys, SY22 6AQ

Dated:  31 January 2023

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 110

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
Notes To The Notice Of Annual General Meeting

1.  Meeting format 

As at the date of this Notice, the Board intend to hold the 2023 AGM as a physical meeting and shareholders are therefore invited to attend 
a traditional meeting in person. However, Government guidance around public gatherings can be changed at short notice and it may be 
necessary to change arrangements and shareholders are encouraged to check prior to the meeting.
- All resolutions will be decided on a show of hands unless a poll of members is/has been requested.  
-  Shareholders  may  submit  questions  to  be  addressed  during  the  meeting  by  emailing  their  question  to  shareholder-communications@
wynnstay.co.uk no later than 7 days before the meeting.

2.  Appointment of proxies

A member of the Company is entitled to appoint a proxy to exercise all or any of their rights to attend, speak and vote at the Meeting. A 
form of proxy accompanies this document and if it is to be used, it must be deposited at the Companies Head Office not less than 24 hours 
before the meeting.  

3.  Adoption of share option schemes

Ordinary resolution 6 is put forward because the rules of both the existing CSOP and SAYE share option schemes are due to lapse in March 
2023. The Directors consider it appropriate for these schemes to be renewed on the same terms as the previous schemes and they are 
intended to take effect from the end of the existing schemes by which time approval of their registration with HMRC is anticipated. Copies 
of both schemes are available for inspection without charge at the Registered Office of the Company during normal business hours and will 
be available at the Meeting.

4.  Authority to allot shares

Special resolutions 7 & 8 are put forward to give the directors authority to allot new shares (including to those shareholders exercising their 
preference to receive dividends in the form of Scrip shares). The resolutions limit the requested authority to the stated maximum as an added 
shareholder protection. These authorities give the directors the flexibility in financing possible business opportunities and are normal practise 
for a company of this size, and are routinely put to shareholders.  

5.  Authority to purchase shares

Special resolution 9 is put forward to give the directors the ability to buy back and cancel existing shares if they feel that such action would 
benefit all remaining shareholders and are normal practise for a company of this size, and are routinely put to shareholders.  

6.  Documents on display

Copies of necessary documents will be available on the Company’s website prior to and during the Meeting.

7.  Enquiries relating to the Meeting

Members are welcome to contact the Acting Company Secretary with any enquiries relating to the Meeting or the Agenda during normal 
business hours at any time prior to the Meeting. Enquiries concerning shareholdings should be directed to the Company’s external registrar 
at the following address : Neville Registrars, Neville House, Steelpark Road, Halesowen, West Midlands, B62 8HD (Tel. 0121 585 1131)

111

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022 
Notes to Notice of Annual General Meeting

SHAREHOLDER FRAUD WARNING

Shareholders are advised that as the Company’s share register is a public document, details concerning individual shareholdings may be available 
to people who may try to use such information for fraudulent, scam or other criminal purposes. Extreme diligence is recommended whenever you 
receive any un-solicited contact about your Wynnstay Group plc shares or any other investment holding. Fraudsters can be very persuasive and 
will use high pressure tactics to try to scam investors they believe to have disposable resources. Such contact may be used to sell shares or other 
investments which may be fake or worthless, or to try to persuade you to dispose of existing investments for below their market value.

The Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) has a very useful website providing information on known frauds and scams, and identifying companies that 
may be operating in an unauthorised or illegal manner, which is likely to increase the risk associated with doing business with them. Please visit 
http://scamsmart.fca.org.uk/.

Some simple advice to avoid investment scams and share frauds include:

1.  Hang up on cold calls – if you are cold called in relation to investment opportunities there is a high risk that it may involve an attempted scam. 

The safest thing to do is to hang up.

2.  Check  out  any  firm  –  before  considering  any  relationship  with  a  new  individual  or  firm  offering  financial  services,  check  them  out  on  the 
Financial Services Register on the FCA website. Generally all businesses legally authorised to offer such services will be regulated by the FCA.   

3.  Get impartial advice – before handing over any money in relation to new investments, think about seeking advice from someone unconnected 

to the new contact or entity that would receive your funds. 

4.  Report a scam – if you suspect you have been approached by attempted fraudsters, then please report it to the FCA by using the reporting 
form available on the FCA website. If you have actually lost money to an investment fraud, you should report it to the police using the Action 
Fraud National Reporting scheme on 0300 123 2040 or http://www.actionfraud.police.uk/.

REMEMBER, IF IT SOUNDS TOO GOOD TO BE TRUE, IT PROBABLY IS!

Financial Calendar

01 February 2023                 Announcement of 2022 Results

21 March 2023                    Annual General Meeting

31 March 2023

Dividend Record Date

28 April 2023                     Payment of Final 2022 Dividends

June 2023                           Announcement of 2023 Interim Results

S
h
a
r
e
h
o
d
e
r

l

I

f

n
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

112

ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2022        Wynnstay Group Plc 
A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
A
N
D
A
C
C
O
U
N
T
S
2
0
2
2

Wynnstay Group PLC

Eagle House 
Llansantffraid
Powys
SY22 6AQ
01691 828512

wynnstayplc.co.uk
Registered in Wales and England